best squirrel proof bird feeder

Best Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder

If you’re looking for the best squirrel proof bird feeder, we found the top 5 bird feeders that will keep those pesky critters out and the birds coming back for more.

So, how do these bird feeders keep those squirrels at bay?  For starters, these feeders are made with materials that will keep the squirrels from getting anywhere near the bird seed.  Simply put, these bird feeders are chew-proof.

However, what differs with each of these bird feeders is how they keep the squirrels from getting the bird seed where the birds perch.  For instance, one of our picks comes with a motor which will detect the weight of a squirrel and literally spin the squirrel away.  This may sound cruel, but it’s pretty harmless to the squirrel as they are acclimated to moving surfaces such as tree limbs and branches.  So, they can roll with the punches quite easily.

best squirrel proof bird feeder 

Furthermore, a couple of our picks will detect the weight of the squirrel and this will activate a locking mechanism which will shut off the seed supply.  And, a couple of others have a unique design which just simply does not accommodate squirrels.  But, there’s something else you may want to consider to go along with the squirrel proof bird feeder.

Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder Pole

A squirrel proof bird feeder pole can be an extra deterrent from squirrels and something you may take into consideration to further ensure the bird seed goes to who they were intended for.

Squirrel proof bird feeder poles help to deter squirrels by using a “hanging basket” design for the bird feeders.  Then, there is either a spring or a baffle placed in the middle of the pole to prevent the squirrel from scaling the pole and snatching the seed.

Typically, you can use the squirrel proof bird feeder pole with just a normal bird feeder as opposed to a squirrel proof bird feeder.  And, in this case, you may have luck keeping the squirrels away.  However, most people have the best luck keeping the squirrels away by using a squirrel proof bird feeder pole along with squirrel proof bird feeders.  This is pretty much a sure-fire way to keep the squirrels away for good.

So, now you know how to keep the squirrels away, we have the 5 top picks for best squirrel proof bird feeder.  And, these bird feeders are the leaders in the market.  This means, they are well-designed for aesthetic purposes, they have a high rating for squirrel-repellent and they are functional and durable.

 

Best Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Brome 1057 Squirrel Buster Standard Wild Bird Feeder
Brome
1057 Squirrel Buster Standard Wild Bird Feeder
Metal
Water Proof
Rust-Proof
UV Stabilized
1.3 lb Seed Capacity
Seed Ventilation System
5" x 5" x 21"
Arundale The Sky Cafe
Arundale
The Sky Cafe
Recycled Plexiglass
Weather Resistant
1.5 Gallon Seed Capacity
17" x 17" x 17"
Droll Yankees Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder
Droll Yankees
Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder
Polycarbonate
Metal
UV Stabilized
5 lb Seed Capacity
8.5" x 8.5" x 28.5"
Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder Model 7533
The Nuttery
NT066 Classic Peanut Sunflower Seed Feeder
Metal
Weather Resistant
1.73 lb Seed Capacity
14.2" x 7.9" x 7.9"
Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder Model 7533
Heritage Farms
Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder Model 7533
Steel
Weather Resistant
15 lb Seed Capacity
Pole
Hangar
13.5" x 16" x 11.2"

 

Best Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder

 

Brome 1057 Squirrel Buster Standard Wild Bird Feeder

Brome 1057 Squirrel Buster Standard Wild Bird Feeder

Our first pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder is one of the most popular anti squirrel proof bird feeders on the market.  So much so, that this bird feeder gets hundreds, if not thousands, of search engine searches a month.

The Brome 1057 Squirrel Buster Standard Wild Bird Feeder deters squirrels by detecting their weight and closing the seed hatches accordingly.  And, it not only deters squirrels, but larger birds as well.

In addition to this deterrent, this squirrel proof bird feeder is made of chew proof metals.  So, squirrels can’t chew or claw their way to the seed.  This chew proof material is also waterproof, rust-proof and UV stabilized, which will extend the look and the life of the feeder.

The Brom Squirrel Buster features a seed ventilation system at the top of the feeder which releases the humidity and hot air through the vents and replaces it with fresh air.  This will help to keep the seed fresh and more attractive to the birds.

And, with the Squirrel Buster, it is recommended you leave at least 18 inches of room around the feeder in order to force the squirrel to mount the feeder which triggers the closing mechanism.  If you don’t leave this amount of room, the squirrel may find a way to bypass the feeder and mount another part of the bird feeder to gain access to the seed.  And, this is where the squirrel proof bird feeder pole may come in handy.  This pole will enable you to create the 18 inches you need without much forethought.

The other option you have is going with the Brome Squirrel Buster Plus Bird Feed and Accessory Kit.  This comes with the Squirrel Buster Bird Feeder, a pole, a perch ring and a weather guard.

Lastly, the Brom Squirrel Buster measures 5 inches in diameter and 21.5 inches tall.

Pros:

This is a very well designed bird feeder and is made with quality materials.

Furthermore, many consumers raved about how well it deterred the squirrels, with one consumer stating it even deterred a bear!

Cons:

The perches are rather small, comfortably accommodating smaller birds.  However, larger birds have a difficult time perching.  So, if you’re looking to attract larger birds, you may want to go with another option.

Additionally, the seed ports are on the small side.  So, if you’re looking to fill this feeder with larger food items such as fruit or nuts, you may be looking at clearing out the seed ports often.

Arundale The Sky Cafe

Arundale The Sky Cafe

This next pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder has a picture-perfect, postcard-like design.

The Arundale Sky Cafe Bird Feeder is made with 100% recycled plexiglass.  Plexiglass is essentially acrylic, and this is a high-grade plastic material which is resistant to weathering.  In addition, if acrylic is scratched, the scratches can be easily buffed out.

This anti squirrel bird feeder features a 17-inch diameter dome which helps protect the seed from different weather elements such as rain and snow.  Furthermore, and perhaps most importantly, this dome prevents the squirrels from snatching the seeds.

The Arundale Sky Cafe has a wide tray that can accommodate up to 10 birds at once.  And, it comes with a 1.5 gallon seed bucket which will reduce the number of refills needed.

For mounting purposes, the Arundale Sky Cafe can be hung or pole mounted.  Furthermore, if you choose to hang the Sky Cafe, it is recommended that you hang it 5 inches or more from the nearest object, whether it be a tree trunk or a house.  If you choose to pole mount it, it is recommended that it is mounted at least 5 inches from the ground.

In addition, if you are using a chain to hang the Arundale Sky Cafe, allow at least 6 inches of chain above the feeder.  This will further deter the squirrels from trying to access the seeds.

Finally, this anti squirrel bird feeder measures 17 inches in diameter and weighs roughly 5 pounds, without seeds.

Pros:

This bird feeder is well designed and uses acrylic, which is a durable, all-weather material.

And, among consumers, there is a unanimous vote that this bird feeder repels squirrels and repels them good.

Furthermore, consumers state this bird feeder attracts a lot of birds, as well as, a large variety of birds.  In addition, the perching tray allows the birds plenty of room to spread out and move about.

Cons:

It is a bit spend-ier than other bird feeders, however, there’s no denying that this bird feeder has an excellent squirrel-proof design and is beautiful to look at.

 

Droll Yankees Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder

Droll Yankees Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder

This anti squirrel bird feeder is one entertaining feeder.  The Droll Yankees Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder works by spinning the squirrel off.  When the squirrel mounts the weight-activated perch ring, it triggers the motor and the feeder starts spinning.  This will knock the squirrels off the feeder and the squirrels won’t be coming back for more.

And, if the squirrels try to perch from the top to access the food, the feeder tube is too long for them to reach the seed.

The spinning motor works via rechargeable and replaceable batteries.  Simply charge the batteries overnight and the batteries will run for months.

The Droll Yankees Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder is made of polycarbonate with a heavy metal cap and perch ring.  According to Plastics Make it Possible, polycarbonate is durable and shatter-resistant.  In addition, this polycarbonate bird feeder is UV-stabilized to retain its appearance and prevent discoloration.

This anti squirrel bird feeder contains 4 feeding ports which will accommodate small and large birds alike.  Furthermore, it has a 5 pound seed capacity to keep you stocked up for longer.  And, it has an internal baffle system which will prevent seed blockage when delivering the seed to the port.

Lastly, the Droll Yankee Flipper Bird Feeder measures 4.75 inches in diameter and 21 inches tall.  It is recommended you secure the feeder 6 feet from the nearest object.

Pros:

If you’re buying this for entertainment purposes, you may find the entertainment to be short-lived.  This is because the Droll Yankees Yankee Flipper Squirrel Proof Bird Feeder works so well, squirrels quickly learn to stay away.

Cons:

A few consumers have stated the battery doesn’t hold its charge for very long after about a year of usage.

In addition, a few consumers have stated the squirrels outsmarted this bird feeder.

 

The Nuttery NT066 Classic Peanut Sunflower Seed Feeder

The Nuttery NT066 Classic Peanut Sunflower Seed Feeder

This pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder has its own unique design to keep the pesky critter out.  The Nuttery NT066 Classic Peanut Sunflower Seed Feeder features a cage-like design which prevents the squirrel from reaching the food.

This bird feeder is made with strong metal with a twist lid to easily refill the nuts and seeds.  Furthermore, this metal is durable and will withstand attempted squirrel break-ins and years of weather abuse.

The Nuttery Classic Feeder has a seed capacity of 1.73 pounds which means infrequent refills.  And, to refill this feeder, simply twist the lid and pour the seeds and nuts in.

This squirrel proof bird feeder is perfect for attracting a smaller breed of bird.  However, if you’re looking to feed larger birds, you may want to try another pick.

The Nuttery measures 7.9 inches in diameter and 14.2 inches tall.

Pros:

The Nuttery can handle nuts and seeds without clogging the ports.

Furthermore, this pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder is made of strong metal which will prevent the squirrels from chewing their way to the food.

Cons:

A couple of consumers have issues with this bird feeder rusting after about a year’s worth of use.

Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder Model 7533

Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder Model 7533

Our last pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder is a heavy-duty option.  The Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder is constructed of all steel.  The green powder-coated steel body is chew proof and will help protect the feeder from weather elements.  In addition, the zinc-plated steel hanger and black powder-coated pole is also weather resistant.

This pick for best squirrel proof bird feeder deters squirrels by using a spring-activated perch.  The perch detects the squirrel’s weight and will shut off the seed supply, preventing the squirrel from feasting on the bird seed.  Furthermore, this bird feeder has a counter balanced perch, where you can set one of three positions to allow small, medium or large-sized birds to access the seed.  If the wrong sized bird perches, the seed supply will shut off.

In addition to the spring-activated perch, the Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Bird Feeder will further deter squirrels with a locking, squirrel-resistant roof.  This roof also helps to keep the seed dry and protected from weather elements.

This anti squirrel bird feeder comes with a 15 pound seed capacity to keep refills to a minimum.  In addition, it comes with a metal hangar and a 5 foot pole, so you can choose how you would like to display the feeder.

Finally, the Heritage Farms Woodlink Absolute Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder measures 13.5 inches long, 16 inches wide and 11.2 inches tall.  It weighs approximately 12 pounds.

Pros:

This squirrel proof bird feeder is very well constructed and made with ultra durable materials.

In addition, this feeder has customers raving about how squirrel proof it is.

Cons:

A few consumers have stated that the 5 foot mounting pole is rather short which deters birds from feasting.

 

best portable charcoal grill

Best Portable Charcoal Grill and Propane Grill

So, you’re on the hunt for the best portable charcoal grill or propane grill for the ultimate summer excursions.  Well, there are a few things to look out for when purchasing the best portable charcoal grill or propane grill – and we’ll take you through the ins and outs of finding the right grill for you.

The first step into purchasing the best charcoal or propane grill is to decide if you’re going to want to go with charcoal or propane.  And, there’s really no clear winner between the two, however, there may be personal preferences that will help you through this decision-making process.  

What’s the Difference Between a Charcoal and a Propane Grill?

Let’s start with taste and texture.  Charcoal grills get much hotter than gas grills, therefore, you will see some serious searing action with a charcoal grill.  So, if you’re looking for a crunchy outer texture, charcoal grill hands-down.

In addition, charcoal grills produce more smoke and this smoke transfers flavor.  According to AmazingRibs.com, with charcoal, you will be burning more complex organic molecules which will give you a broader range of flavor compared to a propane grill.

This is not to say that you won’t be grilling some delicious hamburgers on a propane grill.  Quite the opposite, in fact.  However, if you’re looking for that outdoorsy, smoke-infused taste, a charcoal grill is the way to go.

best portable charcoal grill

As far as convenience goes, propane grills seem to win this battle.  Propane grills light with a flick of switch or a turn of a knob while charcoal grills take a lot more effort.  And, propane grills will reach desired heat at approximately 10 minutes while charcoal grills reach desired heat at approximately 20 minutes.

When it comes to cleanup, charcoal grills are far more messy because you have the ash to deal with.  So, a propane grill wins the clean-up convenience factor.

Finally, decide if you will be grilling year round.  Propane grills are the clear winner for every season while charcoal grills are more difficult to light in the colder months.  And, sometimes it’s too cold or too windy to get them to light at all.

So, hopefully you’ve been able to come to some sort of conclusion on which type of grill is going to work best for you.  And, if you haven’t, maybe just taking a browse through our picks for best portable charcoal grill and best portable propane grill will help you on your way – whether it be a portability factor or even the aesthetic of a grill that catches your eye.  

 

Best Portable Charcoal Grill and Propane Grill

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Weber 51010001 Q1200 Liquid Propane Grill
Weber
51010001 Q1200 Liquid Propane Grill
Propane
Porcelain-Enameled
Cast Iron
Cast Aluminum
Split Grates
Side Trays
Disposable Drip Tray
Color Options
20.5" x 40.9" x 24.6"
Weber 10020 Smokey Joe 14-Inch Portable Grill
Weber
10020 Smokey Joe 14-Inch Portable Grill
Charcoal
Porcelain-Enameled
Plated Steel
Heavy-Gauge Steel
Ash Catcher
15.6" x 15.6" x 9"
Coleman Road Trip Propane Portable Grill LXE
Coleman
Road Trip Propane Portable Grill LXE
Propane
Porcelain-Coated
Cast Iron
Split Grates
Side Trays
Removable Grease Tray
Lift and Lock System
Color Options
33.8" x 13.5" x 19.1"
Gourmia GBQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill
Gourmia
GBQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill
Charcoal
Battery-Operated
Non-Stick Grill Plate
Turbo Fan
Removable Drip Pan
Carrying Case
14" x 13.5" x 8"
Pinty Portable Folding Charcoal Grill
Pinty
Portable Folding Charcoal Grill
Charcoal
Porcelain-Enameled
Carbon Steel
Silicone Handles
Ash Catcher
22" x 15.7" x 15.4"
Char-Griller 2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill
Char-Griller
2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill
Charcoal
Cast Iron
Heavy Steel
Removable Ash Pan
Smoker Option
18.5" x 16" x 17"

 

Best Portable Charcoal Grill and Propane Grill

Weber 51010001 Q1200 Liquid Propane Grill

Weber 51010001 Q1200 Liquid Propane Grill

Our first pick for best portable propane grill comes from one of the top outdoor grill companies around.  Weber was established around 1952 with the invention of the kettle grill.  Since then, Weber has become a household name due to innovation and quality and their name is synonymous with grilling.

The Weber 51010001 Q1200 Liquid Propane Grill is built of porcelain-enameled cast iron with a cast aluminum lid and body.  And, according to Crown Variety, the benefit to grilling with cast iron is the cast iron will retain a large amount of heat.  Furthermore, because the cast iron is coated in porcelain, this means it will protect the cast iron from erosion and rust, extending the life of the grill.

In addition, cast iron is known to clean up quickly and easily.  And, along with the disposable and replaceable drip trays, this is one of the easiest propane grills to clean.

The Weber Liquid Propane Grill lights up instantly and is reliable in just about all-weather conditions.  Once lit, you can then adjust the control burner valve to any temperature from low to high.

And, with this pick for best portable propane grill, you get the luxury of split grates.  Split grates are two separate grates that, when put together, become one.  Furthermore, when purchased separately, you can add a griddle grate for cooking items such as scrambled eggs, hash browns and paninis.

The Weber Liquid Propane Grill is lightweight and folds up easily for portability.  And, it comes with side trays that fold up over the grill when not in use.

This portable grill is the perfect size for transporting and the perfect size for a small balcony.  So, if you’re looking for a grill that works just as well at home as it does on the road, this pick is superb.

Finally, the measurements of this grill completely expanded with the lid open and the side tables out is 24.6 inches tall, 40.9 inches wide and 20.5 inches deep.  With the lid closed and the tables out, this grill measures 15.5 inches tall, 40.9 inches wide and 16.5 inches deep.  And, it comes in your choice of colors:  Fuchsia, Black, Blue, Green, Orange, Purple, Red, Titanium or Florida State Maroon.

Pros:

This pick for best portable propane grill is the perfect size for taking it on the road or using on a small porch or balcony.  And, to make matters even better, if you have a standing grill in mind, you can add-on this portable cart.

Furthermore, the Weber Liquid Propane Grill lights easily and heats up quickly.  And, while cooking, this grill retains an even cooking temperature throughout, including an even cooking surface.  Once grilling is done, cleanup is a cinch.

Cons:

There’s not much negative to be said about this grill.  It cooks flawlessly, heats up reliably and folds up nicely.  However, one small flaw prevents this grill from being a ten.  The regulator is located next to one of the handles, which makes it rather awkward and difficult to carry.

Weber 10020 Smokey Joe 14-Inch Portable Grill

Weber 10020 Smokey Joe 14-Inch Portable Grill

This pick for best portable charcoal grill is a classic and an all-time favorite.  And, according to the Weber Kettle Club, the Weber Smokey Joe Grill was first introduced in 1955, and was Weber’s first portable, tabletop grill.  Furthermore, it has kept the same basic design for over half a century.

The Weber 10020 Smokey Joe 14-Inch Portable Grill features a plated steel cooking grate and a heavy-gauge steel charcoal grate.  The plated steel cooking grate is durable and easy to clean.  Furthermore, the plated steel cooking grate has the ability to produce some serious sear marks.

In addition, this portable grill features a porcelain-enameled bowl and lid.  This will help to prevent rust and will enable heat to transfer evenly.

To keep things clean, the Weber Smokey Joe comes with an aluminum ash catcher.  Once the ash catcher is full, simply scoop the ash out and you’re ready for another round of grilling.

This pick for best portable grill measures roughly 12 inches tall and 15.6 inches in diameter.  The cooking grate measures 14.5 inches in diameter, enough to fit 3 steaks or 6 burgers at a time.  However, if you’re looking for something a bit larger in size, you can always go with the 18-inch model, which you can find here.

Finally, this portable grill transports easily.  Simply place the lid on the grill and latch it shut.  And, if you think things may get a little messy in the process, Weber offers a handy carrying bag which you can conveniently strap over your shoulder.

Pros:

Weber makes quality products and this Smokey Joe Portable Grill is just another one of their reliable products they offer.

So, if you’re looking for a basic, no-frills grill, this pick is most likely your best bet.  Plus, the price is right.

Cons:

This grill is lacking handles.  And, for the life of us, we can’t figure out why something so simple and convenient was left out of the design.  However, you can always carry a pair of gloves with this grill to help protect your hands and maneuver it if you must.

Coleman Road Trip Propane Portable Grill LXE

Coleman Road Trip Propane Portable Grill LXE

We are in love with this design.  This is as close to the look and feel of an outdoor home grill.  The Coleman Road Trip Propane Portable Grill LXE is a collapsible grill that will fit in most trunks.  And, it features a lift and lock system which allows for set up within seconds.

This pick for best portable propane grill offers 2 porcelain-coated cast iron grilling plates.  These plates are easy to clean and will last for a very long time.  And, according to Grill Beast, cast iron is extremely efficient at retaining heat for long periods of time.  Furthermore, the sear marks cast iron produces are to die for.

And with these grill plates, they can be interchangeable with a griddle plate for scrambled eggs or whatever your heart desires.

The Coleman Road Trip Propane Portable Grill offers a lot of cooking power with 10,000 BTUs for each burner.  BTU, or British Thermal Unit, is a unit of measure given off by a gas burner.  For instance, a home stove has around 7,000 BTUs per burner.  So, 10,000 BTUs is a seriously good amount of heat for some grilling.

This portable grill features an Instastart Button which will enable you to light the grill without a lighter.  And, once lit, this grill can run for an hour on one of the 16.4 ounce propane cylinders.

Other features of the Coleman Road Trip Grill is a removable grease tray for easy cleanup and the convenient sliding side tables.

Finally, this grill measures 33.8 inches long, 13.5 inches wide, 19.1 inches tall and weighs roughly 50 pounds.  And, you get your choice of color:  Black, Blue, Green, Maroon, Orange, Purple, Red or Silver.

Pros:

The portability of this grill, while having the appearance of a regular-sized grill, is unheard of.  And, when speaking of the portability, did we bring attention to the wheels?

Furthermore, the setup of this grill is literally in seconds.  No hassle, no fuss, it just props right up.

Cons:

Because this grill has cast iron grilling plates, it’s going to take a lot longer to clean than grills with steel grates.  

Another con to this grill, it is rather heavy at 50 pounds.  Just make sure you have the manpower to transport this to and from the trunk.

Gourmia GBQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill

Gourmia GBQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill

This pick for best portable charcoal grill is an electric pick, looks-wise and function-wise.  The Gourmia BGQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill is battery and coal-operated.  Simply place the charcoal in the small charcoal box, light the ignition and adjust the Smart Turbo Fan to control the strength of the flame.

This Smart Turbo Fan is a fabulous addition.  Not only does it control the strength of the flame, it also controls the airflow.  This allows for minimal charcoal and minimal smoke output.

The Gourmia GBQ330 Portable Charcoal Electric BBQ Grill features a non stick grill plate that is easy to clean.  In addition, this electric charcoal grill comes with a double grill pan system that helps eliminates drip.  Furthermore, it has a removable drip pan and all the electronic elements are removable for the convenience of cleaning.

Lastly, this pick for best portable charcoal grill has a circumference of 37.39 inches with an 11.90 inch grilling surface.  And, it comes with a travel case with a shoulder strap for easy portability.

Pros:

The cleanup process of this grill is flawless.  You can easily get to every crease and crevice without much hassle.

In addition, this grill is extremely efficient and doesn’t burn much charcoal, making it cost-effective.

Cons:

The grill plate is on the thin side and can bend rather easily.

Furthermore, some consumers say the heat does not distribute evenly and tends to focus on the center of the grill.

 

Pinty Portable Folding Charcoal Grill

Pinty Portable Folding Charcoal Grill

If you’re looking to grill for a group of people and still want the portability factor, this pick for best portable charcoal grill is one to consider.  The Pinty Portable Folding Charcoal Grill features 250 square inches of grill space which can accommodate anywhere from 5 to 7 people.  And, 250 square inches comes out to 18.5 inches wide by 13.5 inches deep of grill space.

This charcoal grill is made of carbon steel with a dust proof surface.  Carbon steel is known for its durability and strength.  In addition, the Pinty Portable Folding Charcoal Grill comes with porcelain-enameled grates which will help protect the grilling surface from rust while being easy to clean.  And, to protect your extremities, this grill comes with heat-resistant silicone handles.

This pick for best portable charcoal grill comes with 7 air vents for dust and ash discharge and will create the ultimate ventilation.  It also comes equipped with an ash catcher underneath the grilling grates.  And, to remove the ash, you simply remove the grates and turn the grill upside down.

Finally, even though this grill can accommodate a group of people, it is still highly portable.  With the legs expanded, this grill measures 22 inches long, 15.7 inches wide and 15.4 inches tall.  It’s fully foldable so the legs can tuck underneath the grill.  And, you can carry it away by one of the silicone handles.

Pros:

This is one sturdy little grill.  And, we’re not sure if we should be calling it little as it can feed a family at once.

So, with this pick for best portable charcoal grill, you’re getting the best of three worlds:  Durability, portability and a large grilling space.

Cons:

While this grill is made with carbon steel, some consumers felt it wasn’t as heavy-duty as they thought it would be.

 

Char-Griller 2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill

Char-Griller 2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill

Our final pick for best portable charcoal grill can also be used as a Texas-style smoker.  However, once you use this as a smoker, you cannot go back to using it as a grill.  

The Char-Griller 2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill is constructed of heavy steel with cast iron cooking grates.  So, you’re looking at durability all around.  And, with the cast iron cooking grates, you’re looking at some seriously fabulous grilled foods.  In addition, like we mentioned before, cast iron cleans up easily and quickly.

This portable charcoal grill is another pick that offers a large amount of grilling space.  The cooking grates have 250 square inches of real estate, enough to feed anywhere from 5 to 7 people.

A couple of other features include a removable ash pan for easy and convenient cleanup and a Stay Cool handle to protect your extremities from heat.

For portability purposes, what you see is what you get.  Just pick it up and go.  The Char-Griller 2-2424 Table Top Charcoal Grill measures 18.5 inches long, 16 inches wide and 17 inches tall.  It weighs approximately 41 pounds.

Pros:

This pick for best portable charcoal grill is well-constructed and made with some of the most durable materials available.  From the cast iron cooking grates to the heavy steel construction, you may be looking at a grill for a lifetime.

Furthermore, if you ever want to try your hand at some smoked fish or sausage, this grill would be your opportunity.  However, just remember you can’t go back to using this as a regular grill once you use it as a smoker.

Cons:

Some consumers have had issues with the paint coming off after the first couple of uses.  But, it’s important to note that some consumers haven’t had any issues.

best l shaped desk

Best L Shaped Desk for the Home or Office

If you’re on the hunt for the best L shaped desk for the home or office, we found 6 aesthetically pleasing desks that are durable and made with absolute quality.

In addition, these desks come in a range of prices to meet every consumer’s needs.  Therefore, if you’re on the lower end of the budget, we found the best L shaped desk that, in our opinion, looks the best – while being able to stand the test of time.  If you’re on the higher end of the budget, we found the best L shaped desks that are built with top quality materials, and will, not only look fabulous, but feel fabulous.

So, besides meeting your budget and aesthetic, what else should you look for in the best L shaped desk?

Under the assumption this desk will be used for work, the desk should draw inspiration.  This can happen a couple of different ways.  You can choose a desk that is designed in such a way that is pleasing to the eye or you can choose a desk that is so minimal, your work will be the focal point.

best l shaped desk

Therefore, a good question to ask yourself is, when you look at your desk, what do you want to see?  Do you want your work to stand out or your surroundings to stand out?  For some people, the work they do is aesthetically pleasing in nature, and these consumers tend to go with a simple design so as to not take away from their work.  Others, on the other hand, have more data driven work and these consumers tend to go with a more aesthetically pleasing desk.

Next, consider how much storage space you will need.  Do you need a filing cabinet?  How about a keyboard pullout?  Or, perhaps everything is stored on your computer and you just need extra counter space for a printer and a lamp.

Finally, be sure to take measurements.  The last thing you want to do is buy a desk and have to return it because the darn thing won’t fit.  And, with L shaped desks, pay close attention to if the L is on the right or the left of the desk.  Having the L shape on the wrong side can result in an annoying return.

So, once you have your needs all figured out, you’re ready to narrow down your options.  And, our picks for the best L shape desk should propel you on your way.

 

Best L Shaped Desk

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Ashley Furniture Signature Design Lobink L-Shaped Home Office Desk
Ashley Furniture Signature Design
Lobink L-Shaped Home Office Desk
Wood
Manmade Wood
Veneer
L/R Arrangement
60" x 56" x 30"
Sauder Costa L-Desk Chc A2
Sauder
Costa L-Desk Chc A2
Engineered Wood
Veneer
3 Drawers
Filing Rails
Keyboard Shelf
Grommet Holes
65.12" x 65.12" x 30"
DECHO DESIGN Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk
DECHO DESIGN
Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk
MDF Board
Steel Frame
Color Options
56" x 56" x 20.5"
Simpli Home Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk
Simpli Home
Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk
Pine
Keyboard Shelf
Color Options
84" x 80" x 30"
Sauder 420606 Palladia L-Desk Vo A2 Computer Desk
Sauder
420606 Palladia L-Desk Vo A2 Computer Desk
Engineered Wood
Veneer
4 Drawers
Filing Rails
Keyboard Shelf
Grommet Holes
68.7" x 65.1" x 29.6"
Merax 59-Inch L-Shaped Desk
Merax
59-Inch L-Shaped Desk
MDF Board
Steel Frame
Color Options
59" x 55" x 29.9"

 

Best L Shaped Desk

Ashley Furniture Signature Design Lobink L-Shaped Home Office Desk

Ashley Furniture Signature Design Lobink L-Shaped Home Office Desk

Simple, unassuming and a great fit for a traditional, classic, industrial or modern space.  And, actually, the simplicity of the Ashley Furniture Signature Design Lobink L-Shaped Home Office Desk can work with just about every aesthetic.

This pick for best L shaped desk measures 60 inches wide, 30 inches tall and 56 inches in diameter.  In addition, as an added bonus, this desk can be arranged on the left or right hand side.

The Ashley Furniture Signature Design Lobink L-Shaped Desk is made of wood, manmade wood and veneer.  And, it is made extremely sturdy which is crucial for those heavier items, such as a TV or a printer.  In addition, because it is made extremely sturdy, this desk will last for years to come.  And, of course, through all of that abuse work puts us through.

Finally, the assembly required is fairly easy.  However, it is a whole lot easier with 2 people on the task.

Pros:

This L shaped desk is very well made and sturdy.  This means there’s no wobble and the desk is made to handle heavier items.  

Furthermore, it is made with a quality hand-applied wood finish.  This will help protect it against scratches and stains.

Cons:

There’s not many cons to this desk.  The price is extremely gracious for what you get.  However, a few consumers have stated that assembly wasn’t that easy.  And, a couple of consumers didn’t receive the necessary tools to assemble the desk.

 

Sauder Costa L-Desk Chc A2

Sauder Costa L-Desk Chc A2

This L shaped, corner desk is great for elegant, classic and/or country decor.  The Sauder Costa L-Desk Chc A2 is also great for those who need extra storage.  This L shaped desk features 3 drawers, a keyboard shelf and filing rails.  And, the keyboard shelf can be assembled on either side of the L shape.

Furthermore, the bottom of the desk features a storage area with an adjustable shelf.  This adjustable shelf is perfect for storing a modem, speakers and/or a computer tower.  And, as an added feature, the top of the desk comes with grommet holes that will help manage cords and keep the desk free of cord clutter. 

The Sauder Costa L-Desk is made with engineered wood and thick-grained veneer, topped with a chalked chestnut finish.  And, this desk is finished on all sides so you’re not stuck propping it against the wall.

Finally, this L shaped corner desk measures 65.12 inches wide, 30 inches tall and 65.12 inches in diameter.  While the depth of the desk is 23.25 inches deep.

Pros:

The Sauder Costa L-Desk is extremely well made with sturdy construction. 

And, this desk offers plenty of storage.  But, if you’re looking for more storage or a whole office set, you can find the matching hut here, the matching file cabinet here and the matching chest here.

Cons:

Although this desk is easy to assemble, it does take awhile.  With some consumers estimating around 4 hours.

 

DECHO DESIGN Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk

DECHO DESIGN Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk

Our next pick for best L shaped desk for the home or office is perfect for modern spaces.  And, it comes in your choice of colors:  Oak and White Leg or Walnut and Black Leg.

In addition, because it is modern a modern design, it doesn’t offer much storage.  However, if you need extra storage, you can always add in a roll away filing cabinet like pictured above.  You can find the one DECHO DESIGN makes here or you can spice it up with some of these.

The DECHO DESIGN Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk measures 20.5 inches wide, 29.93 inches tall and 56 inches in diameter.  Furthermore, it is constructed of MDF board with a thick steel frame.  And, this desk has a capacity to hold 300 lbs.  So, feel free to stack your monitors on top.

Finally, this desk is easy to assemble and come with instructions and tools to help get the job done.

Pros:

The DECHO DESIGN Modern L-Shaped Corner Computer Desk is strong and sturdy.  And, the design is great for minimal and modern spaces.

In addition, if you’re looking for a space-saving pick, this one’s a great fit.

Cons:

If you’re looking for the real deal, AKA wood, you may want to go with another pick.  This is made with MDF board, which is medium-density fiberboard.  And, although it is sturdy, many people crave the aesthetic of real wood.

Simpli Home Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk

Simpli Home Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk

This pick for best L shaped desk is one of our favorites and we can’t help but see ourselves completely in our element with this one.

The Simpli Home Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk is constructed in the classic sawhorse style with solid pine.  This solid pine is finished with a medium Saddle Brown stain and a NC Lacquer to protect the wood from scratches and stains.  You also have your pick of colors:  Saddle Brown, Dark Chestnut Brown or Distressed Grey.

This L shaped desk doesn’t come with storage so it’s great for those who are minimalists at work.  However, it does come with a built-in keyboard tray to help further keep things to a minimum.

This desk comes in three main pieces:  desk, corner piece and thick side desk.  The desk measures 60 inches long, 30 inches tall and 24 inches deep.  The corner piece measures 24 inches long and 24 inches deep, while the thick side desk measures 56 inches long, 30 inches tall and 24 inches deep.  With all that said, this is a fairly large desk so it’s great for those that like to spread out.

Pros:

The Simpli Home Sawhorse Solid Wood L-Shape Corner Desk is handcrafted and made with solid pine.  Need we say more?  Yes indeed!  This desk is absolutely stunning.

In addition, the assembly of this desk is easy.  The directions are straight-forward and clear and the hardware is clearly marked.

Cons:

Pine is softer than other woods and it tends to dent more easily.  Some people will purchase pine just for this fact, while others like to keep their wood looking brand new.  If you’re the type that likes their wood looking fresh, you can always invest in some desk pads for protection.

 

Sauder 420606 Palladia L-Desk Vo A2 Computer Desk

Sauder 420606 Palladia L-Desk Vo A2 Computer Desk

This pick is for someone looking for much-needed storage.  The Sauder 420606 Palladia L-Desk Vo A2 Computer Desk features 4 drawers, with one drawer set up for hanging files.  In addition, this L shaped desk comes with a shelf drawer for a keyboard and hidden storage which has an adjustable shelf.  This shelf is perfect for a computer tower, modem and/or speakers.

Furthermore, the top of the desk has grommet cords to keep the desk free of cord clutter. 

This traditional-style L shaped desk is made of engineered wood.  More specifically, it is made of high-quality hardwood and softwood residuals.  It is then bonded with synthetic resin and topped with a Vintage Oak laminate finish.

The Sauder Palladia L-Desk measures roughly 68.7 inches long on each side and 29.5 inches tall.

Pros:

This is one solid piece of furniture.  And, it weighs a whopping 271 pounds.  So, you can be rest assured that this table is going to hold the heavier pieces of equipment and then some.

Cons:

Although assembly is fairly easy, it’s going to take some time to put together.  Most consumers estimate between 4 and 6 hours.

However, once this desk is put together, it’s well worth it.

Merax 59-Inch L-Shaped Desk

Merax 59-Inch L-Shaped Desk

Our last pick for best L shaped desk is as minimal as you can get – price-wise and style-wise.  The Merax 59-Inch L-Shaped Desk is so unassuming, it will fit with just about any decor.

This L shaped desk is made with MDF with powder-coated steel legs.  The MDF is scratch resistant and cleans up easily while the durable, steel cantilever legs help keep the desk stable.

The Merax 59-Inch L-Shaped Desk measures 59 inches wide, 55 inches deep and 29.9 inches tall.  And, if you like this desk but you’re not so enthralled with the color, you can find different color schemes here and here.

Pros:

If you’re on a super-duper budget, this is a great pick.  It’s strong and will hold heavier equipment.

Furthermore, because it’s modern and unassuming, it’s going to look good in any space.

Lastly, most consumers agree, this desk is easy to assemble.

Cons:

Although this desk is strong, it is iffy in the sturdy department.  And, when we say sturdy, we mean wobble.  A couple of consumers have stated that it wobbles slightly when used on carpet.  So, perhaps your floor dressing is something to take into account before purchase.

best coffee maker with grinder

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder – Top 4 Programmable Picks

There’s nothing better than fresh ground coffee and fresh brewed coffee – except for the best coffee maker with grinder.  And, this is a device where you can have both nearly simultaneously.

So, what are the advantages of having a coffee maker with grinder?  First off, like we mentioned above, you get fresh ground and fresh brewed coffee back to back.  So, if you thought the smell of coffee brewing was heavenly before, this just makes it all smell a whole lot richer.

Next, there isn’t one person who would love to save on cupboard space and counter space.  And, when you have a separate grinder and a separate coffee maker, things get a little clunky and cluttered.  Therefore, the best coffee maker with grinder will save you precious room in the kitchen.

Another added bonus of having a 2-in-1 coffee maker and grinder is less mess.  We all know from grinding coffee in a separate grinder, things tend to get messy.  With a coffee maker and grinder, the grounds go directly from the grinder into the filter.  So, say goodbye to grounds spilling onto the countertop.

Finally, and perhaps best of all, our picks for best coffee maker with grinder are all programmable.  This means they will grind and brew the coffee while you’re working on getting out of bed.  And, there’s nothing like waking up to the smell of fresh ground and brewed coffee.

 

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder
Capresso
464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
Fineness Settings
Conical Burr Grinder
Drip Stop
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Safety Shutoff
9.2" x 9.2" x 15.2"
Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Cuisinart
DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
2 Blade Grinder
Brew Pause
Double-Wall Carafe
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
9.8" x 12" x 17.5"
BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B
BLACK+DECKER
12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
2 Blade Grinder
Brew Pause
Bronze Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
10" x 13.5" x 15.5"
Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Cuisinart
DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker
Programmable
Automatic Grind/Brew
Strength Settings
Burr Grinder
Brew Pause
Double-Wall Carafe
Charcoal Water Filter
Gold Tone Filter
Auto Shutoff
7.9" x 12.7" x 15.9"

 

Best Coffee Maker with Grinder

 

Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder

Capresso 464.05 CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder

Our first pick for best coffee maker with grinder will brew up to 10 cups of coffee at a time.  And, it will grind enough beans for up to 20 cups of coffee before you will need to refill the 6 ounce bean bin.

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS Digital Coffeemaker with Concial Burr Grinder is programmable so you can wake up smelling the day ahead of you.  With the programmable settings, you can choose between 2 to 10 cups of coffee at a mild, regular or strong setting.  In addition, this coffee maker offers 5 fineness settings to grind the beans according to the darkness or the lightness of the bean.  So, for darker beans, you can program the grinder for a coarser grind.  And, with a lighter bean, you can program the grinder for a finer grind.

Furthermore, these settings are all programmable by a 24-hour clock.  This clock is displayed on an LCD screen which also displays the grind and strength settings.

So, what if you don’t want to use the programmable settings?  No worries, this coffee maker will also work manually.

Now, what happens if you’re up and ready to go before the coffee gets done brewing?  Well, this coffee maker with grinder has a drip stop so you can pour your coffee in the middle of the process without worrying about making a mess.  Then, just place the coffee pot back on the burner and the brewing will resume.

This coffee maker with grinder also features direct-feed technology.  Direct-feed technology is where the grinder feeds the beans right into the filter, so you don’t have to worry about anything except for pouring your morning cup of coffee.     

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker features a solid steel concial burr grinder.  According to Kitchn, a conical burr grinder will grind your beans in a uniform size.  And, since this is a slow grinding concial burr grinder, it will increase the aroma of the coffee.  Furthermore, according to Whole Latte Love, the slow grinding conical burr grinder is the “Cadillac” of grinders.  So, coming from the coffee specialists themselves, this is the best grinder money can buy.

The next question is, what if you want to use pre-ground coffee?  This coffee maker will work with or without the grinder, so feel free to grind or not to grind.

And, for a few other notable features, the Capresso CoffeeTeam GS 10-Cup Digital Coffeemaker comes equipped with a charcoal water filter.  This charcoal water filter will remove up to 82% of chlorine, sediment and odor from the water.

Furthermore, this coffee maker with grinder features a 2-hour safety shutoff to preserve energy and to keep your surroundings safe.

Finally, this pick for best coffee maker with grinder comes with your choice of a glass carafe or a stainless steel carafe.

Pros:

The Capresso CoffeeTeam GS Digital Coffeemaker is extremely well made and a quality product.  Furthermore, it has endless features from the charcoal water filter to the 3 strength settings to the 5 fineness settings.  And, it is completely programmable, so you don’t have to worry about a thing when waking up.

Another added bonus with this coffee maker with grinder is it comes with a conical burr grinder.  This grinder is the grinder used by coffee snobs and connoisseurs alike.  So, you’re going to have some of the best smelling and best tasting coffee money can brew.

Cons:

A few consumers have complained about how long this grinder takes to grind.  In addition, they also stated that this grinder is rather loud.  So, if you’re a light sleeper, you may want to venture with another option on our list.

Furthermore, once you have filled the bean bin with whole beans, they are there to stay.  So, if you’re looking to change to a different blend, you need to go through the grinding process in order to rid of the unused beans.  However, this grinder has the capacity for approximately 2 pots of brewed coffee, so it’s not the biggest downfall in the world of brewing coffee.

 

Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

This pick for best coffee maker with grinder is another one with a 10 cup brew capacity.  And, the grinder bin has the capacity to grind enough beans for a full pot of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal 10-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker is completely programmable.  These programmable settings include a 1-4 cup brewing option, a brew-pause and a grind-off.  The brew-pause function allows you to pour the coffee while it’s brewing.  This will enable the spout to shut off until you place the carafe back on the burner.  Additionally, the grind-off function will allow you to use pre-ground coffee.

Furthermore, these settings can all be programmed 24 hours in advance to ensure you wake up to the smell of coffee.  And, there is a large control panel with an LED display to adjust these settings.

The Cuisinart DGB-650BC Grind-and-Brew Thermal Automatic Coffeemaker features a 2 blade grinder.  According to the Coffee Detective and other coffee professionals, the better option for a grinder is a burr grinder.  With a 2 blade grinder, there is inconsistency with the size of the grind which can clog the machine.  However, the 2 blade grinder is less expensive than a burr grinder.

Furthermore, with this 2 blade grinder, it is preset to brew medium strength coffee.  So, be sure you choose your coffee blends accordingly.  If you prefer dark-brewed coffee, we suggest going with a darker blend.  If you prefer light-brewed coffee, we suggest going with the lightest blend possible.  Or, you can choose any blend you want and just add less beans.

The Cuisinart DBG-650BC Grind-and-Brew Coffeemaker will automatically grind the beans before brewing.  So, while you’re waking up, the grind process will already be in effect for your much-awaited first cup of coffee.

This coffee maker with grinder comes with a double-wall thermal carafe which will keep the coffee hotter for longer.  And, this carafe features a stay-cool handle and a drip-free spout.

Additional features of this coffee maker with grinder include a charcoal water filter and a gold tone filter.  The charcoal water filter will eliminate most contaminants from the water and will remove odor, making way for an even more delicious cup of coffee.

Finally, the Cuisinart Grind-and-Brew is made in such a way that all materials which come in contact with the water, coffee and coffee beans are BPA free.

Pros:

Consumers find this coffee maker with grinder easy to use.  And, furthermore, it is easy to clean.

In addition, the thermal double-wall coffee pot is an industrial-style pot which is great for keeping the coffee hotter for longer.  

Cons:

This coffee maker comes with a 2 blade grinder as opposed to a burr grinder.  A burr grinder is definitely the far better grinder for better tasting coffee.  However, if you are interested in this Cuisinart but prefer a burr grinder, you’re in luck.  Our last pick for best coffeemaker with grinder is a Cuisinart with a burr grinder.

Lastly, this coffeemaker doesn’t have an adjustable grinder.  So, you will need to work around the medium-strength brew preset by following our examples above.

BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B

BLACK+DECKER 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B

This pick for best coffeemaker with grinder comes with a 12 cup brew capacity carafe.  And, the grinder bin also allows for a 12 cup brew capacity.  So, you will need to fill the grinder bin with fresh beans before each brew.

The Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker CM5000B features 24-hour programming with multiple settings.  These settings include brew strength, grind-off, small-brew, and of course, grinding and brewing at your desired time.  The brew strength setting allows you to set the option for regular, bold or strong coffee.  The grind-off setting allows you to shut off the grinder so you can use ground coffee.  And, the small-brew setting will allow you to make a smaller pot of coffee for those energy-fueled days.

These settings are all programmable on a large control panel with a backlight display.  This backlight display will highlight the settings and the time.

This coffeemaker with grinder comes with a 2 blade grinder.  And, like we stated above, a 2 blade grinder isn’t necessarily the grinder the professionals use.  It will grind and it will allow for great tasting brewed coffee.  However, because of the way it erratically grinds the coffee, it has a tendency to clog after a while.

The Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker comes with a couple more notable features.  These features include a permanent bronze filter, a brew-stop function and an automatic-off function.  The brew-stop function will allow you to pour a cup of coffee mid-brew without making a mess.  And, the automatic-off function will shut off the heat to preserve energy and prevent a disaster.

Finally, this coffee maker with grinder comes in your choice of colors:  Black, Black/White, Red or White.

Pros:

For having a 2 blade grinder, this machine grounds the coffee reasonably fine.  Therefore, you may be able to avoid clogging issues for longer with this pick.

Furthermore, the grinder is fairly quiet.  And, if you’re a light sleeper, you’re going to love this aspect.

Cons:

There is no water filter with the Black & Decker 12-Cup Mill and Brew Coffeemaker.  However, to achieve the best tasting coffee, you can fill the water tank up with pre-filtered water.

In addition, there is no reservoir for the beans.  So, you will have to fill this bin each time before programming it to brew at your desired time.

 

Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker

Our grand finale for best coffee maker with grinder is a 12 cup capacity coffee maker with an 8 ounce bean bin.  This bean bin will hold a half a pound of beans which will allow you to grind and brew approximately 4 pots of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker is fully programmable.  These programmable settings include automatic grind, automatic brew, automatic shutoff, brew-pause and grind-off.  The automatic shutoff will shut down the coffee maker to preserve energy and keep your surroundings safe.  The brew-pause setting will allow you to pour yourself a cup of coffee mid-brew without making a mess.  And, the grind-off setting will allow you to use pre-ground coffee.

Furthermore, there is a strength setting and a grind control.  With the strength setting, you can set the strength of your coffee to mild, medium or strong.  And, with the grind control, you can grind enough coffee for 2 to 12 cups.  In addition, there is a feature where you’re able to brew between 2 and 4 cups of coffee.

The Cuisinart DGB-900BC Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker features a burr grinder.  And, like we stated above, a burr grinder is the choice of coffee professionals and coffee connoisseurs alike.  A burr grinder will grind the beans in a uniform size, which helps to prevent clogging.  In addition, a burr grinder produces better tasting and better smelling coffee.  And, we’re pretty sure we can all wake up to that.

This coffee maker with grinder comes with a charcoal water filter.  This charcoal water filter will remove most of the contaminates in the water and will help to eliminate odor.  And, eliminating odor will help to achieve the ultimate fresh brewed coffee.

The Cuisinart Grind & Brew Thermal 12-Cup Automatic Coffeemaker comes with a double-wall insulated stainless steel thermal carafe and features a comfort grip handle.  This double-wall thermal carafe will help to keep the coffee hotter for longer.

Finally, this pick for best coffee maker with grinder is BPA free.

Pros:

This coffee maker is fairly quiet which is great for the light sleepers out there.

In addition, the Cuisinart Grind & Brew 12-Cup Coffeemaker features a burr grinder for better tasting and better smelling coffee.  And, it helps to keep things from getting clogged.

Another aspect consumers love about this coffeemaker is it is very easy to operate.

Cons:

With this pick for best coffee maker with grinder, there is no fineness settings for coarseness.  If you’re looking for a coffeemaker with grinder comparable to this model that has these settings, you may want to check out the first option on our list.

Furthermore, this coffeemaker requires quite a bit of daily cleaning.  However, some consumers say for such great tasting coffee, it’s well worth it.

 

best seat cushion for lower back pain

Best Seat Cushion for Lower Back Pain

Because we suffer from lumbar, coccyx, sciatica and hip issues, we found ourselves in need of the best seat cushion for lower back pain.  And, we also needed a cushion that was going to improve our posture, which in the long run, will help our back and hip issues over time.

So, when we began this assignment, the seat cushion we were using at the time had flattened out like a pancake and we were in desperate need before our back and hip issues became worse.  Therefore, our pancake seat cushion gave us our first requirement for finding the best seat cushion.  The cushion had to hold up through long hours of sitting day in and day out.  So, durability and longevity was one of our main focal points.

Our other main focal point was, of course, finding the best seat cushion to help alleviate our wide range of issues.  Like we stated previously, sciatic nerve pain, anterior pelvic tilt, pelvic floor pain, lower back pain and a fractured coccyx.  Trust us, all of this together is not fun.  And, that’s why finding the best seat cushion for us is all that more dire.

So, with our final picks, we needed relief.  And, we made sure these picks will not only help us with our wide-range of issues, they will help us for months to come.

 

Best Seat Cushion for Lower Back Pain

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Everlasting Comfort 100% Pure Memory Foam Luxury Seat Cushion
Everlasting Comfort
100% Pure Memory Foam Luxury Seat Cushion
Memory Foam
Non-Slip Gel Rubber Bottom
U-Shaped Coccyx Cutout
Leg Support
17.5" x 13.5" x 2.8"
Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge
Easy Posture
Dr. Tushy Wedge
Memory Foam
EZ Snap Elastic Straps
U-Shaped Coccyx Cutout
Leg Support
14" x 14" x 3"
Kieba Coccyx Seat Cushion
Kieba
Coccyx Seat Cushion
Memory Foam
Gel Technology
Non-Slip Bottom
U-Shaped Coccyx Cutout
Leg Support
14" x 18" x 3"
Ergonomic Innovations Donut Tailbone Cushion
Ergonomic Innovations
Donut Tailbone Cushion
Medical Foam
Non-Slip Bottom
Center Coccyx Cutout
17.5" x 14" x 2.5"
Soft & Care Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam and Lumbar Support Pillow
Soft & Care
Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam and Lumbar Support Pillow
Memory Foam
Non-Slip Bottom
U-Shaped Coccyx Cutout
Back Support
Adjustable Straps
18” x 14” x 3”

 

Best Seat Cushion for Lower Back Pain

Everlasting Comfort 100% Pure Memory Foam Luxury Seat Cushion

Everlasting Comfort 100% Pure Memory Foam Luxury Seat Cushion

Our first pick for best seat cushion for lower back pain is made of 100% memory foam.  So, this will mold to your tush and relieve pressure that often comes with sitting on hard surfaces.

The Everlasting Comfort 100% Pure Memory Foam Luxury Seat Cushion is used to relieve numerous back conditions.  These conditions include sciatic nerve pain, arthritis, lower back pain, lumbar pain, coccyx discomfort and hip discomfort.

So, how does a memory foam seat cushion manage to alleviate all of these conditions?  Like we mentioned previously, the memory foam will help relieve pressure by absorbing shock.  Furthermore, this seat cushion features a contoured design to support your legs.  And, it has a U-shaped cutout to take much-needed pressure off of the coccyx.

The Everlasting Comfort Luxury Seat Cushion is heat responsive, which not only helps to form perfectly to your tush, it will also help to relax tight muscles.

Finally, this seat cushion offers a nonslip gel rubber bottom to keep you secure and in proper alignment at all times.

And, there is a weight limit with this cushion.  So, for maximum benefit and longevity of this seat cushion, it is best suited for those weighing between 100 and 300 pounds. 

What consumers are saying:

Consumers say this seat cushion is firm, yet comfortable.  In addition, it keeps its form without flattening out over time.

In addition, consumers say it helps them sit upright and prevents them from hunching over.

And, as far as alleviating back and hip conditions, the consensus was overwhelming.  Many consumers who suffer from pain and discomfort related to sciatica and hip, lumbar and coccyx issues reported feeling relief from these particular issues and were able to sit comfortably for longer periods of time.

Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge

Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge

This next pick for best seat cushion for lower back pain is made with memory foam and features a soft velour cover.  And, like we mentioned previously, memory foam will help absorb shock and relieve back, hip and coccyx pressure.

The Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge is designed in such a way that it will help to improve posture while alleviating pain associated with hip, lower back and coccyx issues.  And, for those with hip pain, or in our case, anterior pelvic tilt, this cushion will help align your hips to relieve pain that comes with sitting for long periods of time.

This seat cushion features a coccyx cut out to help take complete pressure off of the tailbone.  So, for those that have had a tailbone injury, you can breathe a sigh of relief.

The Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge comes with EZ Snap elastic straps to secure the cushion into place.  And, this is especially helpful while using this seat cushion in the car.

Finally, this seat cushion’s cover is removable and machine washable.

What consumers are saying:

Consumers say this seat cushion is firm, yet gives a little once it detects the form of the body.  And, once it conforms to the body, it is extremely comfortable.

Furthermore, consumers say this seat cushion helps relieve pressure from the hips and works very well in aligning the spine while relieving lumbar and coccyx pain.

Lastly, most consumers agree, the Easy Posture Dr. Tushy Wedge keeps its shape after months of use.

Kieba Coccyx Seat Cushion

Kieba Coccyx Seat Cushion

This pick for best seat cushion for lower back pain is made of premium memory foam.  Furthermore, this memory foam is layered with gel technology to keep things cool.

The Kieba Coccyx Seat Cushion is designed for lumbar, coccyx, hip and sciatic pain and discomfort.  Some other conditions this seat cushion will help comfort is pelvic pain, herniated discs and bed sores.

In addition, this seat cushion will help align the spine and promote correct posture.  And, because this seat cushion offers leg support, it will distribute weight evenly.

The Kieba Coccyx Seat Cushion comes with a non-slip bottom to keep you secure through hours of sitting.  Furthermore, this seat cushion features a removable velour cover that is machine washable.

What consumers are saying:

Consumers say this seat cushion is firm, yet comfortable.  And, some consumers say it is too firm.  So, if you are looking for a firm seat cushion, this is a great pick for you.  If you like to have a little cushion, you may want to go with another one of our picks.

Furthermore, this seat cushion is wider in size than our other picks.  So, if you need more space for your hips, this is one to consider.

Ergonomic Innovations Donut Tailbone Cushion

Ergonomic Innovations Donut Tailbone Cushion

For those of you that have tried the U-shaped seat cushions to no avail, this donut-shaped cushion may be the miracle you’ve been looking for.

The Ergonomic Innovations Donut Tailbone Cushion is made of high-rebound medical foam.  And, high-rebound medical foam is durable and long-lasting, while being firm, yet comfortable.

This seat cushion can be helpful for numerous conditions.  Some of these conditions include:  lumbar, hip and pelvic pain, coccyx discomfort, hemorrhoids, ulcers, herniated disc, prostate pain and more.  Furthermore, if you suffer from prolonged sitting disorder, this seat cushion will also give you relief.

The Ergonomic Innovations Donut Tailbone Cushion features a center cutout for the coccyx.  In addition, this cutout will relieve pressure to the spine.

Lastly, this donut seat cushion has a nonslip bottom that will help keep you seated securely.  And, it has a removable cover that is machine washable.

What consumers are saying:

Consumers say this seat cushion is very firm.  So, if firm support is what you’re looking for, this is a great pick for you.

Additionally, consumers say this is a quality product and it retains its shape well.

Soft & Care Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam and Lumbar Support Pillow

Soft & Care Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam and Lumbar Support Pillow

Our last pick for best seat cushion for lower back pain is for those who need extra back support.  Furthermore, this pick is especially great for those who have a less than desirable office chair.

The Soft & Care Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam and Lumbar Support Pillow is made of high-density, premium memory foam.  And, like we mentioned earlier, memory foam will absorb shock and take some of the pressure off of the spine, hip and coccyx area.

This seat cushion is great for numerous issues, such as, sciatica, herniated disc, hip pain, pelvic floor pain, lower lumbar pain, pregnancy discomfort and more.  And, because this seat cushion has a coccyx cutout, this will give additional relief for the coccyx and spine area.  Additionally, this seat cushion will help align the spine and promote correct posture.

The Soft & Care Seat Cushion Coccyx Orthopedic Memory Foam Pillow comes with a non-slip bottom to keep you extra secure, while the top cushion features 2 adjustable straps that buckle to keep the cushion in place.  Furthermore, for traveling purposes, this seat cushion comes with a convenient carrying handle and a side pocket for your phone.

Lastly, this seat cushion features breathable mesh to keep things cool and comfortable.  And, the cover is removable and washable.

What consumers are saying:

If you’re looking for softer support, this is a great option for you.  However, users seem to agree, although soft, it’s supportive.  And, more specifically, it offers great lumbar and spine support.

In addition, consumers say the Soft & Care Seat Cushion Memory Foam Support Pillow is quality constructed and durable.  But, consumers say it’s a bit on the small size, especially the seat back.  So, if you’re on the smaller side, this may be a good option for you.  If you’re in need of something bigger, you may want to check out some of our other picks.

 

best space heater for large room

Best Space Heater for Large Room

When looking for the best space heater for large room, it is crucial to find a heater that is efficient.  If you have ever received an electricity bill after trying to keep warm in the winter, it’s not the most pleasant surprise.  So, when we began our search for the best space heater for large room, efficiency was at the top of our list.

Another quality to look for when searching for the best space heater for large room is safety.  Therefore, our final picks all have different safety features to help prevent a disaster.  For instance, one of our picks has tip-over protection while another pick stays cool to the touch.  And, of course, all of our picks come with overheat protection.

In addition, we also had comfort in mind when choosing our final 5 best heaters for a large space.  And, we are not talking about the comfort of heat.  This aspect we already made sure of.  We are talking quiet heat.  So, if the heat is blowing, there will be very little to no white noise.

Finally, we sifted through all the user reviews and made sure each on of our final picks lived up to the expectations of some picky consumers.  And, our final picks have some of the highest-rated reviews and most satisfied consumers on the market.

 

Best Space Heater for Large Room

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Dr Infrared Heater Portable Space Heater
Dr Infrared Heater
Portable Space Heater
PTC/Quartz Infrared Heating
1500 Watt/12.5 Amp
Electronic Thermostat
12 Hour Automatic Shutoff
Tip-Over Protection
Remote Control
13" x 11" x 16"
Duraflame DFI-5010-01 Infrared Quartz Fireplace Stove with 3D Flame Effect
Duraflame
DFI-5010-01 Infrared Quartz Fireplace Stove with 3D Flame Effect
Quartz Infrared Heating
1500 Watt/12.5 Amp
Thermostat
Metal Construction
3-D Flame Effect
Cool Touch
Safer Plug Fire Prevention
Remote Control
Style Options
13.1" x 24" x 23.4"
Homegear Pro 1500w Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater
Homegear
Pro 1500w Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater
Mica/Quartz Infrared Heating
1500 Watts/12.5 Amp
Thermostat
Cool Touch
Overheat Protection
Remote Control
Style Options
12" x 13" x 17"
Cadet RCP402S Space Heater "The Hot One"
Cadet
RCP402S Space Heater "The Hot One"
4000 Watts/20 Amp
Double Pole Thermostat
Fan Only Mode
Mounting Bracket
Overheat Protection
Color Options
Wattage Options
8.2" x 17.5" x 15.8"
Heat Storm Portable 1500 Watt Infrared Heater
Heat Storm
Portable 1500 Watt Infrared Heater
HMS Technology Heating
1500 Watt/12.5 Amp
Thermostat
Fan
Overheat Sensor
Remote Control
12.5" x 14.5" x 16"

 

Best Space Heater for Large Room

 

Dr Infrared Heater Portable Space Heater

Dr Infrared Heater Portable Space Heater

Our first pick for best space heater for large room is energy-efficient and will keep a 1,000 square foot space comfortably warm.

And, how does it do this?  The Dr Infrared Portable Space Heater uses a high-efficiency blower to transfer heat.  This blower is twice as large and will move larger volumes of air than other competing space heaters.  In addition, this blower is virtually noiseless.  

Furthermore, the Dr Infrared Portable Space Heater uses a dual heating system.  This dual heating system combines both PTC and Quartz Infrared Heating.  PTC heating, or Positive Temperature Coefficient, helps to prevent overheating and reduce operating costs.  And, Quartz Infrared Heating heats up instantly and operates quietly.

This 1500 Watt, 12.5 Amp portable space heater features an electronic thermostat, which is also operational via remote, and has a heating range of 50 to 86 degrees.  In addition, this space heater offers a high and low feature to customize the amount of heat output.

And, for safety protection, the Dr Infrared Portable Space heater comes with a 12 hour automatic shutoff and tip-over protection.

Pros:

The consensus with this space heater is it heats up quickly and operates quietly.

Additionally, it is able to heat a large space and accommodate tall ceilings.

Cons:

The remote control only works if the heater is turned on.  And, some consumers have issues with the remote interfering with their other electronics.  And, perhaps, this may be a case where the remote uses the same frequency as other appliances.

 

Duraflame DFI-5010-01 Infrared Quartz Fireplace Stove with 3D Flame Effect

Duraflame DFI-5010-01 Infrared Quartz Fireplace Stove with 3D Flame Effect

This next pick for best space heater for large room can heat up an area as large as 1,000 feet.  The Duraflame DFI-5010-01 Quartz Fireplace Stove uses Quartz infrared heating which will heat up instantly.  Furthermore, Quartz infrared heating will preserve the natural humidity in the air.

This 1500 Watt, 12.5 Amp space heater is constructed of metal and offers side windows and a beveled glass door.  And, there is access through the door for easy maintenance.

The Duraflame Quartz Fireplace Stove features an adjustable thermostat which can be turned up to a maximum of 82 degrees Fahrenheit.  Additionally, this thermostat is operable via remote control.

And, when you’re not using the heat, the flame effect can be turned on to set the mood.  Furthermore, this flame effect has 5 adjustable brightness and speed settings.

For safety purposes, the Duraflame Quartz Fireplace Stove is cool to the touch which is a necessity for households with children and pets.  

For overheat protection, this space heater features Safer Plug Fire Prevention Technology.  Safer Plug Fire Prevention Technology will automatically shutoff the stove if the temperature rises above the maximum safety level.

Finally, this space heater comes in your choice of 4 styles:  Black, Black Carleton, Bronze Steel or Pure Black.

Pros:

The Duraflame Quartz Fireplace Stove not only adds heat, but ambience as well.  And, the adjustable brightness and speed settings for the flame effects are a great addition.

Furthermore, because this unit uses Quartz heating, it will keep the air comfortably moist without drying it out.

Cons:

The remote control will only turn the heat on and off.  So, if you want to adjust the temperature, you’re going to have to do that in the unit.  And, when we mean in the unit, we mean in the unit.  You will have to open the door in order to set the temperature.

 

Homegear Pro 1500w Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater

Homegear Pro 1500w Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater

If you’re looking to heat up an even larger space, this pick for best space heater for large room will accommodate an area of 1500 square feet.

The Homegear Pro 1500w Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater uses Mica and Quartz Infrared Heating.  Like we stated earlier, Quartz heating will work instantaneously and keep the desired level of moisture in the air.  And, when it comes to Mica heating, or micathermic heating, this type of heating is good for transferring heat and will heat the air while radiating infrared heat waves.

This 1500 Watt space heater features a thermostat which can be set from 59 degrees to 86 degrees Fahrenheit.  In addition, the fan can be set to economy, low or high.

And, you can control all of this via the unit or the remote control.  Furthermore, this unit features an LED display to observe the current temperature.

The Homegear Pro Large Room Infrared Space Cabinet Heater comes with overheat protection.  If things get too hot, the unit will automatically turn off to avoid overheating.  In addition, this space heater will stay cool to the touch which is a necessity for households with kids and pets.

Lastly, this space heater comes in your choice of colors and color combinations:  Black, Brown and Black/White.

Pros:

If you’re looking to heat up a very large space, this is a great option for you to consider.  And, most consumers seem to agree, this space heater works extraordinarily well.

Furthermore, for peace of mind, this space heater operates quietly.

Cons:

Some consumers say it’s an exaggeration that this space heater can heat an area of 1500 square feet.  However, this is all determined by ceiling height, window draft and insulation.  So, if you have lower ceilings, tight-fitting windows and have good insulation, you shouldn’t have an issue.

 

Cadet RCP402S Space Heater "The Hot One"

Cadet RCP402S Space Heater “The Hot One”

If you’re looking for a garage heater or a super-strength indoor heater, this is a great option to check out.  The Cadet RCP402S Space Heater “The Hot One” will efficiently heat a space of 400 to 600 square feet at a range of 45 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit.

This 4000 Watt, 20 Amp space heater features a built-in double pole thermostat.  According to Cadet, a double pole thermostat contains a safety feature that single pole thermostats do not.  When a double pole thermostat is turned off, it will not turn back on once the temperature dips.

The Cadet “The Hot One” has low and high settings for heat output.  It also has the option of a fan without heat.  So, if you’re interested in a fan and a space heater, this is an excellent choice.

Furthermore, this space heater comes with a 6 foot cord and a bracket for standing or an optional wall or ceiling mount.

The Cadet “The Hot One” features a high-temperature safety shutoff.  Additionally, it is recommended that there is at least 3 feet of clearance from the front of the heater, a 6 inch clearance from the back and the top of the heater and a 12 inch clearance from both sides.

Finally, this space heater comes in your choice of Camo or Red.  And, it also comes in your choice of 4000 Watt or 5000 Watt.

Pros:

Consumers rave about how quickly and efficiently this space heater heats up.

Additionally, this is a high quality product with consumers stating that it has lasted them decades.

Cons:

This space heater can be a little loud.  However, most consumers agree that it is not an annoying loud.

 

Heat Storm Portable 1500 Watt Infrared Heater

Heat Storm Portable 1500 Watt Infrared Heater

Our final pick for best space heater for large room is efficient enough to heat an area of up to 1,000 square feet.

The Heat Storm Portable 1500 Watt Infrared Heater uses HMS Technology which combines with the humidity in the room to produce heat, while keeping the moisture in the air.  And, according to Heat Storm, HMS Technology will provide faster heating while running more efficiently, which will save on heating costs.

In addition, for more efficiency, this 1500 Watt space heater has an Energy Efficient Mode which will reduce the wattage from 1500 to 750 Watts.

The Heat Storm Portable Infrared Heater has an LED display which displays the ambient temperature.  And, an adjustable thermostat with a maximum temperature setting of 99 degrees Fahrenheit.  Furthermore, this can all be controlled with a remote control.

Lastly, for safety purposed, this space heater comes with an overheat sensor which will sense when things get too hot.  Once things get too hot, this space heater will automatically shut down.

Pros:

Consumers state that this space heater can heat up a space in no time.

Furthermore, it’s efficient, quiet and look great.

Cons:

While many consumers say the Heat Storm Portable Infrared Heater is quiet, others say the fan is a little noisy.  And, more specifically, that it sounds like white noise.

 

best leather recliner

Best Leather Recliner Chair Reviews

The first order of business when searching for the best leather recliner is comfort.  And, along with comfort comes support.  The best leather recliner should be comfortable, yet offer a soft, yet stabilized platform to promote good posture.  

The next thing to look for with the best leather recliner is durability.  Because these chairs have hinges, joints and handles, it is imperative to have these functioning.  And, not only functioning, but functioning for years.  So, durability equals longevity and both of these together equal extended comfort.

So, after we narrowed down the top leather recliners on the market based on these factors, we further filtered them by style.  And, because everyone has a different aesthetic, we have an array of leather recliners that will work for just about every space.  And, in the end, we chose classic leather and modern recliners.  However, the good news about both of these styles is they will work with just about any decor.  You can mix classic with modern and modern with classic.  So, whatever leather recliner you choose to go with, it’s pretty much a guarantee that it’s going to look like you’re lounging in a magazine.

Finally, our final 5 best leather recliners all have rave reviews from consumers.  And, this is important when purchasing a leather recliner because it also gages the longevity and the durability of the recliner.

 

Best Leather Recliner

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Barcalounger Pedestal Cinna Ped Recliner
Barcalounger
Pedestal Cinna Ped Recliner
Leather
Foam and Down Feather Fill
Mortise and Tenon Joints
Ottoman
Cup Holder
Table Receptacle
Ottoman Storage
35.5" x 35.5" x 43"
Lane Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner
Lane
Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner
Leather
Vinyl
Steel Frame
40" x 44" x 48"
RECLINER GENIUS 100% Grain Italian Leather Recliner Lounge Chair with Ottoman
RECLINER GENIUS
100% Grain Italian Leather Recliner Lounge Chair with Ottoman
Leather
Wood
Wood Veneer
Aluminum Base
Ottoman
Color Options
87" x 87" x 82"
Flash Furniture Contemporary Brown Vintage Leather Recliner and Ottoman
Flash Furniture
Contemporary Brown Vintage Leather Recliner and Ottoman
LeatherSoft
Wood
Metal
Ottoman
360 Degree Swivel
Color Options
40" x 32.8" x 41"
Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman
Emorden Furniture
Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman
Leather
Aluminum Base
Laminated Veneer
Ottoman
360 Degree Swivel
Color Options
35.4" x 35" x 31.5"

 

Best Leather Recliner

 

Barcalounger Pedestal Cinna Ped Recliner

Barcalounger Pedestal Cinna Ped Recliner

Our first pick for best leather recliner is a traditional style recliner that has some aspects of mid century modern design.  And, since it contains the best of both worlds, this will look fabulous with any decor.

The Barcalounger Pedestal Cinna Ped Recliner is constructed with a hardwood and plywood frame and features mortise and tenon joints.  And, according to Popular Mechanics, mortise and tenon joints is considered one of the strongest woodworking joints.  These joints connect by attaching 2 pieces of wood at a 90 degree angle and glued to secure.

This leather recliner comes with 30 individual pocket coils in each seat cushion which is enclosed in high resilience foam.  And, perhaps the best part, this foam is topped with down feathers for the ultimate comfort.  In addition, this recliner features a sculpted foam back and a relaxing headrest.

The Barcalounger has additional features which makes this chair one of our favorite leather recliners on the market.  It has sliding arms which move backwards to reveal a cup holder and a receptacle for a table.  Furthermore, there is storage inside the ottoman which is perfect for books, magazines and remotes.

And, of course, let’s not forget about the leather.  The Barcalounger Cinna Ped Recliner comes with durable, yet soft, high-quality leather.  And, this particular recliner comes in a roasted chestnut color which can easily coordinated with just about any room in the house.

Lastly, this leather recliner comes from a company with quite a history and reputation.  Barcalounger has been around since the 1940’s and has consistently produced quality and luxury.

Pros:

For a high quality leather recliner, this price can’t be beat.  In addition, this recliner is extremely comfortable and the down feathers only add to the comfort.

And, because it is constructed with mortise and tenon joints, this recliner is extremely durable and will most likely last a lifetime.

Cons:

There isn’t many cons to this recliner.  It’s an amazing price for the amount of quality you get.  However, the one downfall is, it is so comfortable, you may never get anything done.

 

Lane Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner

Lane Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner

This next pick for best leather recliner has a traditional vintage design, so it can work with both classic and modern decor.  Furthermore, this is a leather recliner which is designed to support up to 500 pounds and it features a high seat back.  And, with both of these aspect combined, this recliner is a perfect fit for those who are big and tall.  Additionally, if you’re someone that likes to get lost while they’re lounging, this recliner will also be a good fit for you.

The Lane Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner is constructed with a heavy-duty steel frame and filled with a polyurethane foam.  This foam has a density of 2.2 with 30 pounds of compression.  And, with these measurements, this will provide resilient support and pressure relief.

And, perhaps one of the best features of this leather recliner is it will extend to 79 inches when reclined, which is almost equivalent to a king-sized mattress.

Finally, the Lane Stallion Leather Comfort King Wallsaver Recliner features top grain leather with vinyl on the sides and on the back.  And, this vinyl will help prevent wear and tear and is easy to clean.

Pros:

If you’re really looking to sink into a recliner, this is probably your best option.  However, although sinking isn’t necessarily a term used for adequate back support, it is important to note that this recliner does offer a supportive base.  So, it’s the best of both worlds.

Furthermore, if you’re looking for a size solution, this leather recliner will hold a lot of weight and accommodate tall consumers.

Cons:

Some consumers state that the lumbar area could have more padding.

In addition, some consumers feel the chair is stiff which makes it difficult to recline.  And, the handle mechanism in relation to the chair is hard to reach, making it difficult to recline when in a seated position.

 

RECLINER GENIUS 100% Grain Italian Leather Recliner Lounge Chair with Ottoman

RECLINER GENIUS 100% Grain Italian Leather Recliner Lounge Chair with Ottoman

This leather recliner has a style reminiscent of the famous Herman Eames lounge chair at a fraction of the cost.  And, since this is a classic and iconic design, this recliner will work well with every type of decor.

The RECLINER GENIUS 100% Grain Italian Leather Recliner Lounge Chair with Ottoman is constructed with a wood veneer frame with a powder-coated, die-cast aluminum base.  And, it is covered with soft Italian leather upholstery.

This pick for best leather recliner offers ample back and neck support.  In addition, for extra comfort, it swivels and comes with an ottoman foot rest.

Lastly, this leather recliner comes in your choice of 3 colors.  Choose between Walnut Black, Brown or White.

Pros:

The RECLINER GENIUS Leather Recliner Lounge Chair is extremely comfortable and offers fabulous lumbar and neck support.

Furthermore, it is completely covered in Italian leather.  And, it doesn’t get much better than that.

Cons:

This leather chair reclines with body weight.  So, if you’re looking for a recliner that uses a lever, you may want to go with another option.

 

Flash Furniture Contemporary Brown Vintage Leather Recliner and Ottoman

Flash Furniture Contemporary Brown Vintage Leather Recliner and Ottoman

This pick for best leather recliner is a vintage-style recliner which will work well with both traditional and modern decor.

The Flash Furniture Contemporary Brown Vintage Leather Recliner and Ottoman is constructed with a wood and metal base and is covered in LeatherSoft upholstery.  LeatherSoft is a high-quality bonded type of leather made of leather and polyurethane.  And, it is softer and more comfortable than your typical bonded leather.  Furthermore, it keeps things cool and is resistant to fading and flaking.

This leather recliner features a mahogany wood base with 360 degree, ball-bearing swivel action.  In addition, for added comfort, this recliner comes with an integrated headrest and plush LeatherSoft upholstered arms.  To recline, simply adjust the side lever and use your weight to obtain your desired positioned.

Finally, this chair comes in your choice of Brown and Vintage Brown.

Pros:

The overall consensus of the Flash Furniture Contemporary Leather Recliner and Ottoman is it is a comfortable chair for the price.

Furthermore, it is easy to assemble and should take no more than 15 minutes to get setup and ready to lounge.

Cons:

There is no added lumbar support, however, most consumers feel there is enough support regardless.

And, the weight capacity of this chair is 250 pounds.  So, it may not work for everyone.

 

Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman

Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman

This last pick for best leather recliner is another replica of the famous Herman Eames chair.  However, although this is a replica, it is a high quality and well constructed chair.  And, since this is an iconic and classic style of chair, it will go with any decor.

The Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman is constructed with 100% vintage leather which includes all the piping and all the buttons.  It is filled with high-elastic soft foam which offers the ultimate in comfort and in resilience.  Furthermore, it features a 7-ply laminated veneer which lines the bottom and the back of the chair, as well as the ottoman.  This laminated veneer will help to prevent warping and cracking.

This leather recliner has an aluminum base with a 360 degree swivel, while the manual tilt offers a 15 degree recline.  And, the head and back rest features rubber shock mounts for increased flexibility.

The Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman is easy to clean.  It is recommended to use a soft-bristled vacuum and clean with leather-approved oil.  In addition, direct sunlight should be avoided.

Finally, this leather recliner comes in your choice of 4 leather and veneer colors.  Choose between Light Brown Aniline and Palisander Veneer, Red Aniline Leather and Palisander Laminated Veneer, Red Italian Leather and Natural Oak Laminated Veneer or Vintage Leather and Palisander Veneer.

Pros:

The Emorden Furniture Leather Lounge Chair & Ottoman is pretty much an exact replica of the famous Herman Eames chair.  And, if you have ever had the privilege of sitting in one of the chairs, it is one of the most comfortable chairs you will ever witness.

Furthermore, this leather recliner is made with high quality materials so longevity and durability are in your future.

Cons:

For some, a 15 degree angle is just not going to do it.  So, if you are looking to recline in a sleeping type of position, it’s best to go with a different chair.  And, quite possibly, a different design.

 

best kitchen faucets

Best Kitchen Faucets Reviews 2018

If you’re looking for the best kitchen faucets, we have chosen 5 of the top kitchen faucets on the market.  Each one of these faucets are made with high-quality materials, durable construction and are highly regarded amongst consumers.

So, what you need to do is figure out which of these best kitchen faucets is going to accommodate your sink.  And, here are a few things to consider:

  • How much headroom do you need?  Some sinks are deeper than others.  Therefore, the deeper the sink, the shorter the arc the faucet should have.  On the reverse side, the more shallow the sink, the taller the arc should be.  However, we do have a pick that has a rather tall arc, but because the spout hangs down lower, it can accommodate a deeper sink.  So, use your best judgement when eyeing the height of the arc in regards to the spout, and take that into consideration with the depth of your sink.
  • How many mounting holes does your sink accommodate?  If it accommodates 1 hole, you should look for an all-inclusive faucet.  If it has 3 holes, you should look for a faucet with separate levers or a faucet with a base which will cover the holes.  With our picks for best kitchen faucets, these all come with an optional 3-hole deck plate.  So, if you choose one of the faucets below, you won’t have to worry about the amount of mounting holes you have.  Just as long as you have one.
  • What is the finish of your doorknobs, handles and other accessories?  For design and aesthetic purposes, the faucet should match these accessories.  And, most of our picks have options that will accommodate your desired finish.  Some of these finishes include bronze, stainless steel, chrome and black.

So, by now you should have an idea of what you need to outfit your kitchen sink.  Like we mentioned previously, we have chosen some of the highest quality kitchen faucets on the market.  And, these faucets have a huge fan following of a lot of happy consumers.

 

Best Kitchen Faucets

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Delta Faucet
9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray and Stream
20 Inch Hose Reach
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
9.38" x 10.25" x 15.75"
Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet
Kraus
KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray and Stream
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
8.61" x 2" x 15.75"
Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet
Kraus
KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spring-Style Hose
Spray and Stream
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
8.84" x 1.8" 26.19"
KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
KOHLER
K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray, Stream and Pause
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
9" x 2" x 10.5"
Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet
Moen
Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet
Metal
High Arc
Spray, Stream and Pause
Optional 3-Hole Deck Plate
Finish Options
7.87" x 3.5" x 15.5"

 

Best Kitchen Faucets

 

Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

Our first pick for best kitchen faucets comes in 4 different finishes:  Arctic Stainless, Chrome, Matte Black and Venetian Bronze.  And, this faucet is a modern Euro-design which will work well with both classic and modern decor.

The Delta Faucet 9113-AR-DST Essa Single Handle Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a 1 or 3-hole installation.  Furthermore, it has a 3/8 inch water supply connection and will need a 1.5 inch clearance from the backsplash.

For the full measurements of this faucet, the height is 15.75 inches, the spout reach is 9.38 inches and the width of the base is 10.25 inches with 8 inches between the mounting holes.  However, if you only have 1 installation hole, you will only need a 1.25″ hole clearance to accommodate the faucet without the base plate.

This kitchen faucet features a high-arc spout which works best with a shallow sink.  And, this spout swivels 360 degrees and offers a 62 inch hose with a 20 inch reach.  Once you’re finished with the hose, it locks into the MagnaTite Docking.  This docking uses a magnet to keep the sprayer stable and in place.

This Delta Essa Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet will last for up to 5 million uses and comes with DIAMOND Seal Technology.  DIAMOND Seal Technology is a patented design which helps further prevent leaks and extends the life of the faucet.

Another notable aspect of this kitchen faucet is it has touch-clean spray holes which allow for the mineral buildup to be removed swiftly and easily.  It’s so easy, all you have to do is wipe it away with a finger.

Pros:

Because this kitchen faucet only needs a 1.5 inch clearance from the backsplash, this is a great option for those who need a tight fit.

Furthermore, this faucet has a strong sprayer.  And, this could be a plus for some people or a negative for others.  Whatever the case may be, it will efficiently clean the dishes.

Lastly, this kitchen faucet is very easy to install.

Cons:

Like we mentioned above, the Delta Essa Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet has a strong sprayer.  And, this could be seen as a negative as strong sprayers tend to get a bit messy.

 

Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet

Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet

This pick for best kitchen faucets comes in your choice of Chrome or Stainless Steel.  And, it features a modern design that will work well with classic or contemporary decor.

The Kraus KPF-2620SS Modern Oletto Single Lever Pull Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a hole size of 1-3/8 inches to 1-1/2 inches for installation.  In addition, this kitchen faucet will need a backsplash clearance of 2-1/2 inches.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet has a height of 15-3/4 inches, a spout reach of 8-11/16 inches and a base width of 2 inches.  So, because it doesn’t have too high of an arc, this kitchen faucet will work well for both deep and shallow sinks.

The Kraus Oletto Pull Down Kitchen Faucet is extremely durable with a 100% metal body.  In addition, it comes with a corrosion and rust-resistant finish.

This kitchen faucet comes with a 360 degree swivel, pull-down sprayer.  And, the Kraus Oletto Kitchen Faucet has a single-lever control which allows you to set the flow and the temperature.  In addition, it also comes with a button on the spout which allows you to easily switch from stream to spray.

Finally, this kitchen faucet features extra protection from drips for the lifetime of the faucet.  And, it comes with an easy-to-clean rubber nozzle to keep the passageways free from buildup.

Pros:

This kitchen faucet provides a strong water stream, so you may not really need to use the sprayer as often.

In addition, this kitchen faucet is extremely well-built and it is constructed of solid metal.

Also, this is one of the easiest faucets to install, with some consumers saying it took them no more than an hour.  So, you may be able to forgo the plumber with this one.

Cons:

This could be a positive or a negative, but the sprayer is only functional when the button is pressed consistently.  Some consumers like this feature and some consumers do not.

 

Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet

Kraus KPF-1650SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet

The Kraus KPF-1560SS Modern Nola Single Lever Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet comes in your choice of Chrome or Stainless Steel finish.  And, because it is designed as a commercial-style faucet, it will work with every style and every decor.

This pick for best kitchen faucets accommodates a hole size of 1-3/8 inches.  And, it will need a backsplash clearance of approximately 2-1/2 inches.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet has a height of 26-3/16 inches, a spout reach of 8-27/32 inches and a base width of 1-1/8 inches.  And, once you have all your measurements, you can determine if this kitchen faucet will work with what you’ve got.

This kitchen faucet is tall with a high arc which is usually best paired with a shallow sink.  However, because the spout sits down lower, this will work just as well with a deeper sink.

The Kraus Nola Commercial Style Kitchen Faucet is made of lead-free 100% metal.  In addition, it features a corrosion and rust-resistant finish.

The Kraus Nola Kitchen Faucet comes equipped with a 360 degree swivel spout.  This spout comes attached to a spring-style hose which conveniently pulls down and rests in a magnetic dock.

In order to operate this sink, the stream function on this kitchen faucet works via lever.  And, you can switch to the spray and back to the stream via button on the spout.

Finally, the Kraus Nola Kitchen Faucet features a Kerox ceramic cartridge which will help prevent dripping for the lifetime of the faucet.  In addition, the spout has a rubber nozzle which prevents mineral buildup.

Pros:

We love the industrial design of this kitchen faucet and it will look amazing with every type of decor.

Furthermore, the spring-style hose makes for easy access and easy reach for all the nooks and crannies in the sink.

And, this kitchen faucet is extremely easy to install.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained about low water pressure.  However, the majority of consumers state they have great water pressure.  Sometimes there’s just some bad apples in the bunch.

 

KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

KOHLER K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet

This pick for best kitchen faucets comes in your choice of finishes:  Matte Black, Polished Chrome or Vibrant Stainless.  And, since this kitchen faucet is a sleek, elegant and simple design, it will go well with either classic or contemporary surroundings.

The Kohler K-596-CP Simplice Single-Hole Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet accommodates a mounting hole size of 2 inches and will need a backsplash clearance of 2-1/2 inches.

In addition, this kitchen faucet has a height of 10-1/2 inches, a spout reach of 9 inches and a base width of 2 inches.  And, this is a high arc kitchen faucet.  However, because the arc is only 10-1/2 inches tall, this can accommodate both deep and shallow sinks.

The Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet is made of premium metal construction.  In addition, it comes with a corrosion and tarnish-resistant finish.

This kitchen faucet comes equipped with a 3-in-1 pull-down spout.  This 360 degree spout allows for touch control to navigate from stream to sweep and to pause.  Furthermore, you can also control the stream and the temperature via the single-handle lever.

The Kohler Simplice Pull-Down Kitchen Faucet features an angled nozzle which allows you to sweep spray.  The sweep spray function will make it easy to reach all corners of the sink and all angles of the dishes.  In addition, this kitchen faucet comes with a magnetic docking which will allow for secure storage for the spout after use.  And, after use, the faucet will remember the temperature used prior.  So, the next time you start up the faucet, you’re all set for your desired temperature.

Pros:

Kohler has been around since 1873 and produces some of the highest quality plumbing products on the market.  So, when you’re purchasing a Kohler product, you can ensure it’s going to be durable and will last you for years to come.

Furthermore, one of the features we love about this kitchen faucet is the sweep spray.  Sometimes with a pull down faucet, it can be tough to hit all the corners of the sink without doing some finagling.  This feature makes it extremely easy.

And, this kitchen faucet is a piece of cake to install, with some consumers stating it took no more than 15 minutes.

Cons:

Although the pause function is a nice touch, it can get a little confusing when you’re dealing with the stream and the spray as well.  However, once you get the hang of it, you’ll be navigating these controls like a pro in no time.

 

Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet

Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet

Our final pick for best kitchen faucets is available in 4 different finishes:  Matte Black, Chrome, Oil-Rubbed Bronze and Spot Resist Stainless.  And, this is a simply designed faucet which will work with every decor, from traditional to modern and everything in between.

The Moen Arbor One-Handle High Arc Pulldown Kitchen Faucet accommodates a mounting hole size of 2-1/2 inches.  Furthermore, this kitchen faucet will need a backsplash clearance of at least 1-1/2 inches.  However, some consumers say they don’t even need that much room.

This kitchen faucet has a height of 15-1/2 inches, a spout reach of 7-7/8 inches and a base width of 3-1/2 inches.  In addition, this is a high arc sink but the spout sits somewhere in-between.  So, it should work just fine with a deep or shallow sink.

The Moen Arbor Pulldown Kitchen Faucet is made with metal construction and features a 68 inch braided hose.  This braided hose has a reflex system for easy and smooth operation.  And, it comes with secure docking system to keep the hose in place when not in use.

This kitchen faucet offers three functions:  stream, spray and pause.  To operate the stream function, simply use the one-handle lever.  And, to operate the spray and pause function, you will find a button on the spout that you can conveniently operate while using the hose.

Furthermore, this kitchen faucet offers Power Boost™ Technology which allows you to boost the water performance and allow for more water to flow through in a record amount of time.

Pros:

Moen has been around since the 1940’s and they have consistently put out quality plumbing-ware.  So, this is a highly trusted company.

In addition, with this pick for best kitchen faucets, it is quality constructed and easy to use.  And, the other easy thing about this kitchen faucet is it’s easy to install.  However, some consumers say it is easier with 2 people.

Cons:

After a few years, some consumers have complained about leaks.  But, it’s important to note that these consumers are in the minority.  These types of leaks can happen with any product, and a lot of times it’s just an easy fix.

 

best latte machine

Best Latte Machine for Every Connoisseur

The first step into purchasing the best latte machine is knowing exactly what you’re looking for.  Latte machines can be rather simple or complex.  And, usually you can determine what you need depending on what type of connoisseur you are.  There are coffee snobs and then there are people who consider coffee to be just coffee.  And, in this case, a latte to be just a latte.

So, if you’re always in search for the best latte, we suggest going with a more complex, and consequently, more expensive machine.  If you’re one of those who really can’t tell the difference from one latte to another, we suggest going with a more simplistic latte machine.

On our list for best latte machine, we chose 5 of the top machines on the market.  These latte machines are highly-regarded by connoisseurs and non-connoisseurs alike.  And, when we say highly-regarded, this means they pass with flying colors for their quality and the frothy lattes they deliver.

 

Best Latte Machine

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus
Breville
BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus
7 Coffee Variaties
11 Temperature Levels
8 Froth Texture Levels
19 Pressure Levels
12.5" x 7" x 12"
Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker
Mr. Coffee
Cafe Latte Maker
24 oz Capacity
Automatic Shutoff
Milk Frother
11.9" x 6.9" x 13.8"
Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine
Breville
Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine
15 Bar Pump
Steam Wand
Automatic Frother
Milk Container
15.5" x 13.3" x 17.6"
Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System
Mr. Coffee
Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System
15 Bar Pump
Automatic Frother
Color Options
11.2" x 8.9" x 12.6"
Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine
Saeco
HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine
8 Coffee Variaties
5 Strength Settings
10 Grinder Settings
Automatic Milk Frother
19.5" x 11" x 18

 

Best Latte Machine

 

Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus

Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus

Our first pick for best latte machine is a fantastic choice for those who are particular about their latte.  And, not only a latte, but a ristretto, espresso, cappuccino, macchiato, lungo and more.

The Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus offers an automatic beverage selection with adjustable settings.  These adjustasble settings include coffee measurement, milk temperature and milk texture.

The coffee measurment setting allows you to adjust the amount of espresso volume.  While, the milk temperature setting offers 11 settings between 133 degrees and 169 degrees Fahrenheit, with a 3 second heat-up time.  And, the milk texture setting offers 8 textures of froth.

All of these settings are displayed on an LCD display which will guide and assist you throughout the process.  In addition, this LCD display will guide you through maintenance such as cleaning and descaling.

The Breville BNE800BSS Nespresso Creatista Plus features 19 bars of pressure.  And, for those who are new to the game, the more bars of pressure you have, the faster the coffee will extract.  However, according to our friends at the Perfect Daily Grind, 9 bars is the ideal pressure for the perfect cup of espresso.

Lastly, this latte machine comes with a a stainless steel milk jug.  And, it features a 1.5 Liter tank which will yield about a week’s worth of lattes.

Pros:

The Breville Nespresso Creatista Plus makes some fabulous froth.  And, because it offers 8 textures of froth, you’re able to froth to your exact specifications.

Furthermore, this latte machine features a large water tank, which will most likely last you a week, or even longer.

Cons:

This latte machine only allows for espresso pods and requires Nespresso espresso capsules.  For some people, this is a positive feature; less mess and a perfect grind.

However, not everyone is a fan of the pods and this can be a huge negative.

 

Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker

Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker

This pick for best latte maker is as simple as it gets.  So, this one is for those who love lattes, but yet, a latte is just a latte is just a latte.

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker is a one-touch automatic latte maker which not only brews lattes, but hot chocolate as well.

This 24 ounce latte maker simotaneously brews coffee or espresso and froths milk.  Once finished with the brew process, the Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker automatically shuts off.

To clean this latte maker, simply run the brew basket through the dishwasher and wipe the carafe with a damp cloth as this carafe is not dishwasher safe.  

Finally, included is a 20 recipe book for how to create everthing from a classic latte to a gingerbread latte.  And, of course, hot chocolate.

Pros:

This latte machine is about as hassle-free as you’re going to get.  And, for being so simple, it makes a surprisingly fantastic latte.

Furthermore, it’s a perfect solution for a large household.

Cons:

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Latte Maker does not brew regular coffee.  However, a consumer seemed to figure out the trick.  Instead of filling the frother with milk, fill it with water.  And, this seems to do the trick.

In addition, the carafe is not dishwasher safe.  Although, it doesn’t take very long to just rinse it out or wipe it down.

 

Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine

Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine

This latte machine is a great choice for a household of 2 or more coffee snobs.  The Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine offers all the features of a professional latte machine.  And, it’s fitting for 2 as it offers the ability to make 1 or 2 espresso shots at once.

This latte machine has a 15 bar Italian-style pump which automatically begins with a low pressure and slowly graduates to an intense pressure.  And, this particular method of espresso extraction is used by professional baristas.

The Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine has a 1 or 2-cup single or dual wall filter basket which will manually control the volume of espresso. Once the espresso is extracted, simply steam the milk with the traditional-style frother.  This frother is made of heavy-duty stainless steel, has a 360 degree swivel and offers a safety handle for helping to prevent burns while handling the wand.

This pick for best latte machine features quite the tank.  It features a 61 ounce water tank which should last a week or more.  Of course, this all depends on your latte intake.  Furthermore, the Breville Duo Temp Pro Espresso Machine has a built in water filter which will help reduce contaminents.

Pros:

This latte machine is extremely easy and great machine to learn on.  In addition, the water heats up fast, so there’s little downtime from having no latte to having a latte.

Furthermore, many consumers rave this latte machine is consistant and reliable.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained this latte machine contains plastic parts.  Unfortunately, though, at this price point, you will be seeing plastic parts with the majority of the machines out there.

And, a couple of consumers have complained this latte machine is rather loud.  Perhaps, it’s a sign that it’s working well.  Although, we must say, most latte machines are rather noisy and we don’t find this one to be anything out of the extroidanary.

 

Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System

Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System

This pick for best latte machine is another great one for those who would rather not deal with the complexities of a more expensive machine.  The Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista Premium Espresso & Cappuccino System is a semi-automatic machine which brews espresso, cuppauccino and lattes.

This latte machine features a one-touch control panel which will allow you to select the drink of your choice.  And, it has a 15 bar pump, which will extract commercial-quality espresso.  Furthermore, this latte machine has an automatic milk frother to froth the perfect latte everytime.

And, with the Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista, you will be able to select a single or a double shot.  Which, makes this a great option for 2 or more latte lovers.

Finally, this latte machine comes in your choice of 3 colors:  White, Red or Stainless Steel.

Pros:

The Mr. Coffee Cafe Barista is extremely easy to use and a great choice for those who just don’t want to deal.  And, it brews a latte, cappuccino or espresso quickly and easily.

Furthermore, this latte machine has a cleaning system which is simple to operate.  Just press a button to run hot water through the extraction tube or the milk frother.

Cons:

A minority of consumers complained the water tank leaked within months of use.  And, another minority of consumers said this latte machine broke down within months.

Furthermore, there were other consumers who complained the milk wasn’t frothing hot enough.

Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine

Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine

Our final pick for best latte machine is a high-end machine for those who are serious about their lattes.  And, the Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo Automatic Milk Frother Espresso Machine offers 8 coffee varieties.  Some of these varities include espresso, espresso lungo, ristretto, cafe crema, cappicino, espresso double and cafe latte.

In addition, not only does this latte machine offer 8 coffee varities, it also offers 10 grinder settings for a more intense latte experience or for those days where you just need a small pick me up.

This latte machine operates by a one-touch automatic system.  Simply choose a coffee variety, push a button and the espresso will extract.  And, the same works with the froth.  Just push a button and the automatic milk frother will do all the work for you.

The Saeco HD8924/47 PicoBaristo also features a strength selection which will remember how strong you like your espresso.

Finally, this latte machine has an AquaClean filter which can deliver up to 5,000 lattes without descaling.

Pros:

This latte machine is extremely customizable – from the strength of the espresso, to the grinder settings, to the coffee temperature.  And, it really does just about everything for you with a professional outcome.

Furthermore, this latte machine allows for ground coffee beans or whole beans. 

And, The Saeco PicoBaristo is fairly easy to learn and simple to operate.  Just be sure to read the instructions thoroughly before use and you shouldn’t have any issues.

Cons:

Depending on your space, this can be a good thing or a bad thing.  But, make sure you have the adequate space for this machine.  The Saeco PicoBaristo is narrow but long.  And, you will need space to flip the top cover open for beans and water.

Lastly, this latte machine is on the expensive side.  But, it is a high-end and high-quality machine.  And, without ordering a latte out everyday, will pay for itself over time.  Probably sooner than you can imagine.

best hammock with stand

Best Hammock with Stand – Wood or Steel

In order to find the best hammock with stand, we relied heavily on consumer reviews.  The reason for this is, the best hammock with stand needs to be durable.  And, if it’s going to hold our weight, we want to make sure we can trust it.  So, the most important aspect of a hammock is it’s going to be our friend, not our enemy.

The next aspect we looked for in the best hammock with stand is it has to look good.  When a hammock looks good, it looks more inviting.  And, when it looks more inviting, you will get more lounging out of it.  But, we are suckers for great aesthetics and design anyway, so this aspect is always on the forefront for us.

best hammock with stand

Finally, we looked for quality materials and quality construction.  Of course, with quality materials and construction, the hammock is going to be durable.  But, it’s also going to feel great – especially with quality material for the part you lounge on.

After all was said and done, our final 6 best hammocks exceeded our expectations.  And, these are some of the most highly regarded and trustworthy hammocks on the market.

So, which one is the right hammock for you?  Well, we have chosen an array of 1 and 2 person hammocks, each containing a weight restriction.  And, as long as you pay close attention to the restrictions, you will be on your way to owning the best hammock just for you, and perhaps some lucky partner.

 

Best Hammock with Stand

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Giantex Wooden Curved Arc Wide Hammock Swing Stand Set
Giantex
Wooden Curved Arc Wide Hammock Swing Stand Set
Russia Larch Wood Stand
Polyester Cotton Hammock
1 Person/264 Lbs Max
Sizes Options
123" x 46" x 48"
142" x 50" x 51"
161.4" x 47.2" x 48"
Vivere Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand
Vivere
Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand
Heavy Gauge Steel Stand
100% Cotton Hammock
2 Person/450 Lbs Max
Color Options
130" x 94" x 63"
Sunnydaze Decor Large 2 Person Spreader Bar Hammock with Stand
Sunnydaze Decor
Large 2 Person Spreader Bar Hammock with Stand
Steel Stand
Polyester Hammock
Wood Spreader Bars
2 Person/350 Lbs Max
Color Options

157" x 55" x 48"
Sorbus Hammock with Spreader Bars
Sorbus
Hammock with Spreader Bars
Powder-Coated Steel Stand
Cotton Hammock
Wood Spreader Bars
2 Person/450 Lbs Max
Color Options
147" x 47" x 47"
Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo
Caribbean Hammocks
Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo
20 Gauge Steel Stand
Polyester Hammock
Wood Spreader Bars
2 Person/600 Lbs Max
Color Options
156" x 55"
Lazy Daze Hammocks Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand
Lazy Daze Hammocks
Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand
Powder-Coated Steel Stand
Canvas Hammock
2 Person/450 Lbs Max
Color Options
115" x 48" x 30"

 

Best Hammock with Stand

Giantex Wooden Curved Arc Wide Hammock Swing Stand Set

Giantex Wooden Curved Arc Wide Hammock Swing Stand Set

Our first pick for best hammock with stand is a one person hammock with a maximum weight limit of 264 pounds.  And, it measures 142 inches long, 50 inches wide, 51 inches tall and weighs 61 pounds.  However, there are size options.  This particular one is the mid-range option, so you can go smaller or larger.

The Giantex Wooden Curved Arc Wide Hammock Swing Stand Set is made of Russia Larch Wood.  According to Russian Lumber, the Russian Larch is a softwood tree with properties of real hardwood.  Furthermore, the annual rings are very wide, which make this wood particularly strong.

The hammock is made of 260 gram polyester cotton with a woven texture and comes in a soft cream color.  And, this color will go with every environment and every decor.

The Giantex Wooden Curved Arc Hammock Stand Set features wooden stretcher bars and durable hanging loops.  And, like the name of this product suggests, you have a swinging option with this hammock.  So, with the durability of the construction, feel free to lounge during the day and swing away at night.

Pros:

This pick for best hammock with stand is extremely sturdy and solid.

Furthermore, it is ergonomically designed for a modern take on the classic hammock.  So, it’s going to look sleek and worth every penny.

And, if you wish to make this a double hammock, this stand is durable enough to fit a double or extra wide hammock.

Cons:

Some consumers say this was fairly easy to assemble while others had a more difficult time.  

Vivere Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand

Vivere Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand

This pick can be used for 1 or 2 people and has a weight limit of 450 pounds.  The Vivere Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand measures 130 inches  long, 94 inches wide, 63 inches tall and weighs 34 pounds.

And, this hammock features a space-saving stand made out of heavy gauge steel.  So, not only is it space-saving, it is ultra durable.

The Vivere Double Hammock is made of 100% cotton and comes in your choice of striped color combinations:  Denim, Desert Moon, Oasis, Rio Night, Salsa and Tropical.

Finally, this hammock comes with a carrying case and is ultra lightweight.  So, you can take it to the park with you.

Pros:

Because it’s well-constructed and made with heavy gauge steel, this hammock is super durable.  And, some consumers went over the weight capacity and are pleasantly unscathed.  But, of course, we don’t recommend this.

In addition, the Vivere Double Hammock is very easy to assemble.  And, it is rather lightweight so you can pretty much take it anywhere.

Cons:

Because this hammock is made of 100% cotton, for your safety, you’re going to need to take extra care of it.  When cotton is exposed to certain types of weather, such as rain, it can deteriorate over time.  And, once it deteriorates, it’s an accident waiting to happen.

Sunnydaze Decor Large 2 Person Spreader Bar Hammock with Stand

Sunnydaze Decor Large 2 Person Spreader Bar Hammock with Stand

This pick for best hammock with stand is built for 1 or 2 people and measures 157 inches long, 55 inches wide and 48 inches tall.  And, overall, this hammock and stand weighs 44 pounds and has a 350 pound weight capacity.

The Sunnydaze Decor Large 2 Person Spreader Bar Hammock features as steel stand with a hand-woven soft-spun polyester.  Furthermore, this polyester hammock has wooden spreader bars which are weather-resistant.

And, this hammock comes in your choice of colors:  Blue, Cream, Green, Mocha, Multi-Color, Red, Sky Blue, Tan and Yellow.

The Sunnydaze Decor 2 Person Hammock is attached by zinc-coated, 9-inch chains and 2 3-inch s-hooks.  This will ensure the hammock is secure for your safety.

Pros:

The rope construction of the hammock is soft and comfortable.  Furthermore, the wooden stretcher bars give this hammock extra style.

In addition, this hammock is extremely table and sturdy.  And, it’s also easy to assemble.

Cons:

Because the Sunnydaze Decor 2 Person Hammock Stand has a 350 pound weight capacity, it may only work for 1 person in your household.

Also, some consumers state the material is a bit saggy and it stretches over time.

Sorbus Hammock with Spreader Bars

Sorbus Hammock with Spreader Bars

This hammock with stand accommodates 2 people at a maximum weight of 450 pounds.  The Sorbus Hammock with Spreader Bars measures 147 inches long, 47 inches wide, 47 inches tall and it weighs roughly 45 pounds.

This hammock stand is constructed with powder-coated steel and a durable cotton hammock which is weather and UV resistant.  And, this hammock comes in your choice of color combinations:  Green/Blue, Blue/Red, Mocha and Blue/Aqua.  Furthermore, the hammock is washable.  

The Sorbus Hammock comes with solid wood spreader bars attached to heavy-duty rope.  And, with these durable materials, your safety will be ensured.

Finally, this 2-person hammock comes with a detachable pillow which will accommodate 2 people.

Pros:

The Sorbus Hammock with Spreader Bars is extremely simply to assemble.

Furthermore, consumers rave about how sturdy and durable this hammock is.  And, they also rave about how comfortable it is.

Cons:

This hammock may be a little tricky to get in and out of.  You may need to steady yourself in the middle and carefully position your feet so as to not end up with a faceplant.

Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo

Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo

This next pick can accommodate 1 or 2 people at a maximum weight capacity of 600 pounds.  The Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo measures 156 inches long and 55 inches wide.

This hammock stand is made with 20-gauge, cold-rolled, powder-coated steel.  And, with cold-rolled steel, this stand is going to offer uniformity and will have an extremely smooth surface.  Furthermore, with the powder coating, this will help protect the stand from rust and corrosion.

The hammock is made out of soft-spun polyester with a micro-weave and comes in your choice of colors:  Cream, Dark Blue, Green, Light Blue, Mocha, Olive, Orange, Purple, Rainbow, Red, Tan, Yellow, Crimson, Multi Color Dark Blue, Multi Color Light Blue, Multi Color Orange, Multi Color Purple and Multi Color Yellow.

The Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo is easy to assemble and features easy-snap assembly.  And, this stand can be assembled in under 5 minutes.  So, if you’re preconceiving moving this hammock from one location to the next, breaking this hammock down and setting it up will be a cinch.

Pros:

We love that this hammock comes in so many different colors.  And, these color options offer a vibrancy usually only found in the Caribbean.

Furthermore, the stand is ultra sturdy and the hammock is soft and comfortable.  It is also a cinch to put together, especially for those of us who would rather be lounging.

Cons:

The Caribbean Hammocks Jumbo Caribbean Hammock Stand Combo may be difficult to get in and out of.

In addition, some may find this hammock to sag too much for their liking.  However, you can tighten it if need be.

Lazy Daze Hammocks Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand

Lazy Daze Hammocks Double Hammock with Space Saving Stand

Our final pick for best hammock with stand accommodates a maximum of 2 people and a maximum weight capacity of 450 pounds.  And, this hammock measures 115 inches long, 48 inches wide and 30 inches tall.

The Lazy Daze Hammocks Double Hammock Stand is built with heavy-duty steel with a powder coating.  And, this powder coating is resistant to weather and it will protect it from rust.  Furthermore, the ends of the stand are capped in plastic for a finished look.

This hammock is made with canvas and is machine washable.  And, with this pick, you get your choice of color combinations:  Lime & Orange Stripe, Oasis Stripe and Techno.

Finally, the Lazy Daze Hammocks Double Hammock is a space-saving option and a portable option.  It assembles and disassembles in a matter of minutes and can be folded down to fit inside the included carrying bag.

Pros:

For the price, you get a whole lot of bang for your buck.

Furthermore, it’s extremely sturdy and well constructed.  And, it’s portable.  So, take it camping or to the lake with you.

Cons:

Some consumers had missing parts when the hammock arrived.

In addition, some consumers found it difficult to fit all the parts in the carrying bag.  So, if you like puzzles, this may be the hammock for you.

best reclining sofa

Best Reclining Sofa – Top 6 Comfortable Picks

If you’re looking for the best reclining sofa for the ultimate lounge session, we have the top 5 comfortable and movie-night worthy picks on the market.  And, these picks are not only comfortable, they look great as well.

So, how did we manage to find the best reclining sofas?  Well, we are professional shoppers with a whole lot of experience, so that does help.  And, we started out with a list of all the qualities we want in the best reclining sofa and then we checked it twice.

First up on our list in search of the best reclining sofa is it has to look great.  And, if a sofa looks great, it’s going to be all that more inviting to sit in.

Next, we insist on nothing but quality.  That means, quality materials and quality construction.  Furthermore, the company has to have a quality reputation and they have to stand behind their product.

And, if the sofa is made out of quality materials with quality construction, that means it is going to be durable and is going to take years and years of being sat on, slept on and in some cases, jumped on.

Our final step on our list to picking out the best reclining sofa is to keep tabs on consumer reviews, and ultimately, consumer satisfaction.  There really is no better way to gage a product than to take it from first hand accounts.  And, with our final 5 picks for best reclining sofa, these are some of the most highly regarded sofas currently available.

So, if you’ve got your movie picked out, but all you need is a sofa, check out our final picks below.

 

Best Reclining Sofa

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional
Serta
Palisades Reclining Sectional
Upholstery
Hidden Storage
Right/Left Chaise Option
Color Options
89" x 32" x 36"
VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa
VIVA HOME
Reclining Sofa
Leather
PU
36" x 37" x 40"
57" x 37" x 40"
78" x 37" x 40"
Homelegance Nicasio Contemporary All Genuine Power Reclining Sofa
Homelegance
Nicasio Contemporary All Genuine Power Reclining Sofa
Leather
Color Options
66" x 37" x 39.25"
87" x 37" x 39.25"
Ashley Krismen Collection 7810215 Power Reclining Sofa
Ashley
Krismen Collection 7810215 Power Reclining Sofa
USB Port85" x 45" x 45"
Homelegance 9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa
Homelegance
9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa
Leather
Vinyl
Color Options
83" x 38.5" x 40"
90" x 38.5" x 40"

 

Best Reclining Sofa

 

Ashley Krismen Collection 7810215 Power Reclining Sofa

Ashley Krismen Collection 7810215 Power Reclining Sofa

Our first pick for best reclining sofa is one that will keep you in your seat.  And, that’s because this power reclining sofa has a USB port to charge your phone, computer or tablet.

And, not only will it keep you charged, it will offer you unlimited comfort.  The Ashley Krismen Collection 7810215 Sofa offers a power adjustable headrest and footrest.  In addition, it is made with 100% chenille-woven polyester for a soft and cushy feel.  Furthermore, the seat cushions are made with high-resiliency foam with a top layer of thick poly fiber.

This reclining sofa offers dual-sided reclining while the middle seat stays stationary.  And, the back and seat cushions also stay stationary as they are attached to the couch.

Lastly, this sofa measures 85 inches long, 45 inches wide, 45 inches tall and weighs 284 pounds.

Pros:

You really can’t go wrong with a USB port, that’s one of the huge advantages of this couch.  And then all you need is the best TV tray and you literally won’t have to go anywhere.  

Furthermore, this couch is solid and well-constructed.  It is ultra comfortable and with the chenille-woven polyester, it’s going to hold up well.

Cons:

Like many reclining sofas, the middle does not recline.

In addition, charcoal is the only color offered at this moment.  However, it is a great color which tends to blend in well with many different environments and decor.

 

VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa

VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa

This next pick for best reclining sofa is a great option for people on either end of the height and weight spectrum.  The VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa features wide seats with a depth of 19.69 inches.  So, there will be plenty of room to accommodate just about anyone.

This reclining sofa is made of high-quality leather with the sides covered in PU.  According to Patch, PU is a split leather with a layer of polyurethane.  And, the main benefit to this is it is easy clean.  Additionally, it has the appearance of 100% leather, so it’s going to look great.

The VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa offers a backrest and a footrest, all controlled by a handle located on the side of the couch.

This reclining sofa comes in your choice of sizes:  36 inches by 37 inches by 40 inches, 57 inches by 37 inches by 40 inches and 78 inches by 37 inches by 40 inches.

Pros:

Because of the excellent seat depth and width, this couch will comfortably accommodate everyone.

Furthermore, the leather is top-notch and the VIVA HOME Reclining Sofa is well-constructed.

Cons:

There’s not much to complain about with this couch.  If anything, you might be too comfortable and that could lead to laziness.

But, like a lot of reclining sofas out there, the middle seat does not recline.  So, someone is going to have to go without. 

 

Homelegance Nicasio Contemporary All Genuine Leather Power Reclining Sofa

Homelegance Nicasio Contemporary All Genuine Leather Power Reclining Sofa

If you’re looking for the whole setup, this pick gives you the option of a reclining sofa, loveseat and chair.  However, if you’re just looking for a reclining sofa, these options all come separately.  

The Homelegance Nicasio Contemporary All Genuine Leather Power Reclining Sofa is extremely comfortable, featuring low-profile arm rests and overstuffed cushions.  Furthermore, because this reclining sofa is made with high quality leather, it’s going to increase the comfort all that much more.  And, the sides of the couch are made of PU aka split leather, which is matched to look like the seat cushions.  

This reclining sofa offers a power reclining system which you can operate from either side of the couch.  And, this will allow you to fully recline the seats with just a push of a button.

The Homelegance Nicasio Contemporary Power Reclining Sofa measures 87 inches long, 37 inches deep and 39.25 inches tall.  It comes in your choice of 2 colors:  Black or Dark Brown.

Pros:

This reclining sofa offers a high back and low-profile arm rests, making it extremely comfortable.  In addition, the cushions are plush which only adds to the comfort.

And, the motor on this power reclining sofa is extremely quiet.

Furthermore, assembly is easy and won’t require any tools.

Cons:

There are a couple of complaints that a bar was bent during the shipping process.  However, this is easy to straighten out and was not considered a deal breaker.

In addition, the armrests are attached with velcro.  And, you may hear the velcro shifting around at times.

 

Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional

Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional

This pick for best reclining sofa is an extremely functional option.  And, this is because you can lounge or recline.  Not only that, it also comes with storage which is convenient for storing blankets and pillows.

The Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional comes with a chaise which features storage inside.  And, with this pick, you have your option of a right or left chaise sectional to fit in the space you’re working with.

In addition, this sofa will recline only on the far side – away from the chaise lounge.  So, you have one of each seat options with this couch:  Lounge, stationary and recline.

This reclining sofa is constructed with a hardwood frame and soft, polyester upholstery.  Furthermore, the Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional comes in your choice of colors.  And, with these colors comes different fabrics and textures.  Choose between Chestnut Brown, Fawn Tan, Flagstone, Glacial Gray, Silica Sand, Riverfront Brown, Chestnut Brown, Beige, Dusk Beige, Grey, Moonlight Grey, Oatmeal or Warm Oatmeal.

In addition, the Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional comes in your choice of styles and sizes:  Right Sectional, Left Sectional, Loveseat and Armchair.  However, the only options that recline are the Left and Right Sectional.  But, these other options will make for a great set it you’re looking to outfit your whole space.

This reclining sofa measures 32 inches wide, 89 inches long and 36 inches tall.  It weighs 198 pounds.

Pros:

This pick for best reclining sofa is a great space-saving option.  Furthermore, the Serta Palisades Reclining Sectional is firm, yet supportive.  In addition, the upholstery is soft and 2 matching throw pillows are included.

This sofa recliner is easy to assemble, with some consumers saying it took them less than an hour.

Cons:

The seat lacks depth, so this is a great pick for those who are on the shorter end of the spectrum.  However, this isn’t so great for those who are taller.  So, if you’re an upwards of 6 feet tall, you might want to choose a different couch.

Furthermore, the cushions on this reclining sofa are not reversible.  But, the good news is, the upholstery is removable and is washable.

Lastly, there are a few complaints with the quality of zippers and sagging seat cushions.  In addition, there are complaints that the seat cushions slide when you’re sitting on them.

 

Homelegance 9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa

Homelegance 9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa

Our final pick for best reclining sofa is a handsome sofa that is great for traditional decor.  The Homelegance 9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa features classic rolled arms and nail head tufted accents.

This reclining sofa is made of bonded leather, which means it’s a mixture of 74% polyester, 18% leather and 8% cotton.  Furthermore, the sides of the couch are made of PU, which is a blend of 90% polyester and 10% cotton.

The Homelegance 9668BRW-3 Double Reclining Sofa offers a lever on either side of the couch to operate the recline feature.  And, like most reclining sofas, the middle seat stays stationary.

And, if you’re looking for a sofa set, this style comes with the following options:  Chair, Loveseat, Power RCLN Chair and Power RCLN Sofa.  Furthermore, it comes in your choice of Brown or Black.

Finally, the Homelegance Double Reclining Sofa measures 90 inches long, 38.5 inches wide and 40 inches tall.

Pros:

This is a whole lot of couch for the price.  And, it’s a fantastic pick for those on a budget.

Furthermore, it’s sturdy and durable, so expect it to last for a while.

Cons:

Because it is made with bonded leather as opposed to 100% leather, it isn’t going to last as long as leather would.  You will eventually see wear and tear with the bonded leather.  However, again, for the price, this is a fantastic deal.

In addition, if you’re 6’0 or above, you may want to consider another couch – taller consumers have complained that they don’t fit quite right.

Lastly, some consumers have complained about foot rest malfunction after months of owning this sofa.  And, again, this is a budget option, so be aware that you may be in the same boat.  Especially if you tend to make good use of your couch.

best murphy bed

Best Murphy Bed – Top Wall and Cabinet Picks

If you’re looking for the best Murphy bed, or perhaps the best solution for a stow-a-way bed, we scouted the earth for the best Murphy and cabinet beds and came away with 6 amazing picks.

However, if you’re open to additional solutions, feel free to check out our picks for the best sofa beds, the best futons and the best folding beds.

But, if you’re set on a Murphy bed or a cabinet bed, then all you need to do is decide which one of these is going to work for your needs.

So, which solution is right for you?

If you already know exactly what you’re looking for, check out our picks for 6 best Murphy beds and Cabinet bed.  If you would like some assistance, we have a Buyer’s Guide at the end of this post to help you decide which solution is best for you.

 

Best Murphy Bed & Cabinet Bed

 MaterialSpecsPrice
Bestar Nebula Full Wall Bed
Bestar
Nebula Full Wall Bed
Particle Board
Euroslat Mattress Support
Dual Piston System
Mattress Not Included
Boxspring Not Required
Color Options
Full
Queen
BurlesonHomeFurnishings Coastline Solid Wood Murphy Hideaway Bed
BurlesonHomeFurnishings
Coastline Solid Wood Murphy Hideaway Bed
Solid Wood
Handmade
Slat Mattress Support
Nightstands
Mattress Not Included
Boxspring Not Required
Full
Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed
Arason Enterprises
Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed
MDF
Wood Veneer
Memory Foam Mattress
Storage Drawers
Style Options
Queen
Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed with Storage
Bestar
Edge Queen Wall Bed with Storage
Particle Board
Euroslat Mattress Support
Dual Piston System
Mattress Not Included
Boxspring Not Required
Color Options
Queen
Bowery Hill Full Wall Bed
Bowery Hill
Full Wall Bed
Wood
Mattress Support
Mattress Not Included
Boxspring Not Required
Full
Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit Wall Bed
Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit
Vertical Mount Wall Bed
Easy Lift Piston System
Fold Up Legs
Step-By-Step Guide
Wood Not Included
Mattress Not Included
Queen

 

Best Murphy Bed & Cabinet Bed

 

Bestar Nebula Full Wall Bed

Bestar Nebula Full Wall Bed

The Bestar Nebula Full Wall Bed comes in your choice of colors and 2 sizes.  Choose between Antigua, Grey or White and a full or queen size.

This pick for best Murphy bed is made of high-density commercial-grade particle board and features a Euroslat mattress support system.  According to European Sleep Works, these flexible slat systems have numerous advantages over a box spring.  The Euroslat mattress support will adjust to the ever-changing contours of your body.  In addition, it increases air circulation and allows your mattress to breath.  Which, in turn, keeps your mattress dry and allows for a healthier sleep environment.

Therefore, with the Bestar Nebula Wall Bed, a box spring is not required.  Furthermore, a mattress is not included.  So, you will have the freedom to choose a mattress that’s right for you.

When choosing a mattress, it needs to weigh at least 70 pounds in order to keep the Murphy bed weighted down while in the open position.  In addition, this Murphy bed accommodates a mattress up to 10 inches thick.

Now, the first step in choosing the best Murphy bed for you is determining if you have the required space.  The Bestar Nebula Wall Bed needs a wall height of at least 86 inches tall.  In addition, it will need a clearance of at least 87.3 inches when the bed is extended and a clearance of 9.6 inches of space under the bed.

This Murphy bed requires some assembly, however, it is easy to install.  Furthermore, this wall bed is easy to use.  Just pull the handle and the dual piston system will allow the bed to open easily and smoothly.  Then, flip the leg down onto the floor to stabilize it.  Once you’re ready to pack up, just reverse the process.

Pros:

The Bestar Nebula Wall Bed is very sturdy and durable.  And, because it’s made with high-quality partical board, this bed is going to last a long time.

Furthermore, assembly is fairly easy, but it will take about a day to put together.  However, there is an option for expert assembly for those who don’t want to be bothered.

Cons:

Of course, we would all love to have real wood instead of particle board.  And, if you’re set on real wood, our next pick for best Murphy bed is handmade with solid wood and is absolutely gorgeous.

 

BurlesonHomeFurnishings Coastline Solid Wood Murphy Hideaway Bed

BurlesonHomeFurnishings Coastline Solid Wood Murphy Hideaway Bed

This pick for best Murphy bed is full of character and absolutely stunning.  The BurlesonHomeFurnishings Coastline Solid Wood Murphy Hideaway Bed is handmade with solid wood with a beautiful dark stain finish.

This Murphy bed features a slat mattress support system which will give comfort and support without the need for a box spring.  In addition, this unit doesn’t come with a mattress.  However, that gives you the freedom to find the perfect mattress just for you.  And, with this pick, it can hold a mattress up to 10 inches thick.

The BurlesonHomeFurnishings Coastline Hideaway Bed comes with 2 nightstands which are conveniently built into the doors.  Just unlatch and the nightstands will easily fold out.

This Murphy bed comes in a full size and measures 69 inches wide, 21.5 inches deep and 87 inches tall.  When opened, this bed measures 117 inches wide, 84 inches deep and 87 inches tall.

Pros:

What can we say, this piece is absolutely gorgeous.  It is made of solid wood and is extremely durable.  And, this is a piece that’s going to last a lifetime.

Furthermore, we love nightstands and the additional thought that went into those.

Cons:

We can’t say this is a con, but it’s going to take some heavy lifting to get this Murphy bed where you want it.  Because the BurlesonHomeFurnishings Hideaway Bed is made of solid wood, it is heavy.

 

Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed

Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed

This pick for best cabinet bed is a great budget option.  This is because the Arason Enterpirises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed is an all-inclusive solution.

This cabinet bed comes with a tri-fold memory foam mattress.  In order for this mattress to fit in the cabinet, it folds down like an accordion.  And, this mattress is 6 inches thick with 4 inches of base foam, 2 inches of memory foam and will hold up to 500 pounds.

The Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet bed is made with high-quality MDF and real wood veneer.  And, with MDF, it’s going to be sturdy and durable.

This cabinet bed features 2 drawers to store pillows and bedding when not in use.  In addition, the top surface offers extra storage for personal items or decor.  And, because the top features specialty hinges, it will open seamlessly without having to remove the items.

Finally, the Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed comes in a queen size and measures 64 inches wide, 24 inches deep and 43 inches tall.  It also comes in your choice of design options which you can find here.

Pros:

Because this cabinet bed comes with a mattress, this is a great pick for those who are on a budget.  In addition, the mattress is firm, yet extremely comfortable.

Furthermore, the Arason Enterprises Creden-ZzZ Cabinet Bed is a great looking piece of furniture, so you don’t have to worry about it looking cheap.

Cons:

This cabinet bed does need to be assembled, however, assembly is straightforward and easy.  But, if you choose not to be bothered, you can have expertly assembled.

In addition, this cabinet bed is made of MDF and it’s not the ideal material.  However, MDF is durable and will last you awhile.  Furthermore, there is real wood veneer so the appearance of this cabinet bed looks great.

 

Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed with Storage

Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed with Storage

This is another pick for best Murphy bed by Bestar, however, this particular option comes with additional features you might find appealing.  The Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed comes with 2-21 inch storage units on either side of the bed.  And, these storage units are great for knick-knacks, as well as, storing bedding.

This Murphy bed is made of high-quality, commercial-grade particle board.  And, like we mentioned previously, because this particle board is high quality, this bed is durable and very sturdy.

The Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed with Storage features a Euroslat mattress support system which will offer comfort and support without the need for a box spring.  And, this Murphy bed does not come with a mattress, so you’re free to choose the perfect mattress for you.  Just make sure the mattress you choose is no more than 12 inches thick and weighs no less than 70 pounds.

This Murphy bed also features a dual piston system which allows for seemless opening and closing of the bed.  And, to use this bed, simply pull the handle towards you and flip the leg down.  When you’re ready to pack things up, just reverse the process.

The Bestar Edge Queen Wall Bed comes in your choice of colors:  Brown or White.  And, this unit as a whole measures 107.1 inches wide, 20.1 inches deep and 89.4 inches tall.

Pros:

This Murphy bed looks great and functions wonderfully.  And, most importantly, there are a lot of satisfied consumers.

Cons:

The assembly is going to take a lot of time.  However, if you have it professionally assembled, it’s no sweat off your back.

 

Bowery Hill Full Wall Bed

Bowery Hill Full Wall Bed

This is another option for a Murphy bed that’s constructed of wood, rather than particle board.  In addition, the Bowery Hill Full Wall Bed comes with a scratch, stain and burn resistant melamine finish.

This Murphy bed features a Euroslat mattress support system which will automatically adjust to the contours of your body.  Furthermore, this slat system is designed to increase airflow which allows for a healthier sleeping environment.  And, because it features a Euroslat mattress support system, that means you won’t need to worry about a box spring.

However, you will need to provide a mattress, as this Murphy bed does not come with one.  And, when choosing a mattress, make sure the mattress is no more than 10 inches thick and weighs between 70 and 95 pounds.  In addition, the dimensions of the mattress should be no more than 54 inches wide by 75 inches long.

When considering this option for a Murphy bed, you must make sure you have enough space.  The height of your ceiling needs to be no less than 91 inches tall for installation purposes.  And, the ceiling needs to be no less than 93 inches to install the crown molding.  Furthermore, when the bed is extended, you will need a clearance of at least 93.4 inches.  And, the bed needs a clearance underneath of at least 9.5 inches.

Pros:

The Bowery Hill Full Wall Bed is easy to assemble and mounting it to the wall is fairly simple.

Furthermore, this Murphy bed has a dual piston system which allows you to safely open and close this bed.

Cons:

This Murphy bed will take some time to assemble.  However, the assembly is fairly easy.  And, you always have the option of hiring a professional.

 

Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit Wall Bed

Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit Vertical Mount Wall Bed

Our final pick for best Murphy bed is one for those who don’t mind getting their hands dirty.  The Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit Vertical Mount Wall Bed is also one that you can tailor to your exact decor needs.

Because with this DIY Murphy bed kit, you get to choose your own wood.  In addition to the wood, you will need some edging tape and wood screws.  And, what this kit does come with is an easy lift piston system and a pair of fold-up legs.

Furthermore, the Easy DIY Murphy Bed Kit includes 3 guidebooks:  Step-by-Step Cutting Guide, Construction Guide and Assembly Guide.  In addition, it thankfully comes with a Step-by-Step DVD and an Illustrated Booklet Package.

This Murphy bed kit also comes with a mattress quick-release strap that will help keep the mattress stable.  However, you’re going to need a mattress once you have this all set up.  This Murphy bed requires a queen size mattress that measures 60 inches wide and 80 inches long, with a maximum height of 12 inches.  Also, the mattress should weigh between 60 and 85 pounds.

Pros:

This is a great pick for those that love projects.  And, it’s fairly simple to put together.  However, the toughest part will be cutting the wood in the correct dimensions.  But, you can have the wood cut for you if you don’t have the required tools or if you just want to make things easy on yourself.

The other aspect we like with this DIY option is you can design this exactly how you want it.  And, there’s nothing better than having something you designed and constructed yourself.

Cons:

Although this Murphy bed kit states it is easy to build, it isn’t for the faint of heart.  It’s going to require, at the very least, basic woodworking skills.  However, we suggest having more than basic woodworking skills.

 

Best Murphy Bed and Cabinet Bed Buyer’s Guide

There are a few questions to ask yourself before making the big purchase:

Should I go with a Murphy bed or a cabinet bed?

For decor sense, either one of these is going to look great.

The benefit of the Murphy bed is it tends to have an appearance that it’s flush with the wall.  Or, in some cases, it looks like a cabinet that blends in with its environment.  Whereas the cabinet bed tends to look more like a piece of furniture, as it’s shaped as a cabinet.  And, the cabinet bed is more functional in that you can use the countertop for decor, such as picture frames or vases, or personal items.

As far as comfort goes, the Murphy bed wins hands down.  And, this is because the Murphy bed allows the mattress to store in its original shape.

With the cabinet bed, it needs to fold in order to store it inside the cabinet.  However, the pick we have for best cabinet bed is a firm and comfortable mattress, something you don’t often find with a cabinet bed.  So, it’s still worth considering this option for a solution.

If I choose a Murphy bed, should I consider a DIY option?

Our DIY option is for those looking to save money.  That’s the plus side.  And, in the end, we aren’t quiet sure it saves all that much.  Because with the DIY option, you’re going to need to buy the wood in order to build it.

Furthermore, you will need basic woodworking skills and the required tools on hand to accomplish this.  So, for those that enjoy woodwork and a personal touch, this is a fabulous option to consider.

For those that failed workshop class in middle school, your best bet is to go with a Murphy bed or cabinet bed.

Is there anything else I should know about choosing a Murphy or cabinet bed?

Like we stated previously, most of our picks for Best Murphy bed do not come with a mattress.  And, this gives you the free reign over choosing the right type of mattress for you.  Furthermore, these picks do not require a box spring, so you really only have to focus on purchasing a mattress.

However, if you’re looking for an all-inclusive Murphy bed, we have a fantastic bed with an extremely comfortable and supportive mattress.  Also, our pick for best cabinet bed is also an all-inclusive option.  And, these picks are great for those who don’t want to fuss over a mattress.

best tower fan

Best Tower Fan – 5 Quiet Oscillating Fans

If you’re looking for the best tower fan that’s both oscillating and quiet, we have good news for you.  We tested and reviewed a ton of fans and came away with 5 of the most highly regarded picks on the market.

And, not only are these fans both oscillating, quiet and highly regarded, each pick has additional features you may find to be functional for your lifestyle.  For instance, one of our picks not only has a tilt feature for additional customized air circulation, it also offers 5 different speed settings.

Now, if that doesn’t sound like your cup of coffee, there is another pick which features 3 fans which are all independently controlled.  So, you can circulate the air in one direction while using the lower fan to circulate the air for your pets.  Anyway you choose to use this particular fan, it will definitely deliver cool air when and where you need it and to whom needs it.

That all being said, choosing the best tower fan that is both oscillating and quiet doesn’t have to be painful.  The pain is our job, and the pleasure is yours.  After hours upon hours of research and sifting through consumer reviews, we are pleased to present our picks for the best oscillating tower fans.

 

Best Tower Fan

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Soleus Air Tower Fan with Remote Control
Soleus
Air Tower Fan with Remote Control
Oscillating
3 Speeds
7.5 Hour Timer
Remote Control
LED Indicator Lights
35"
Seville Classics Ultraslimline Energy-Saving Tilt Tower Fan
Seville Classics
Ultraslimline Energy-Saving Tilt Tower Fan
Oscillating
5 Speeds
3 Tilt Positions
Remote Control
LED Control Panel
40"
Ozeri 3x Tower Fan
Ozeri
3x Tower Fan
Oscillating
3 Fans
3 Speeds
7.5 Hour Timer
Remote Control
LED Control Panel
44"
Lasko 52 Energy Efficient Oscillating Tower Fan
Lasko
52 Energy Efficient Oscillating Tower Fan
Oscillating
3 Speeds
Directional Louvers
7.5 Hour Timer
Adjustable Height
Remote Control
52"
Westinghouse Tower Fan with Remote
Westinghouse
Tower Fan with Remote
Oscillating
3 Speeds
8 Hour Timer
Remote Control
40"

 

Best Tower Fan

 

Soleus Air Tower Fan with Remote Control

Soleus Air Tower Fan with Remote Control

Our first pick for best tower fan oscillates in a side to side fashion.  The Soleus Air Tower Fan offers 3 fan speeds and a sleep mode speed.  These fan speeds include the following:  Regular, Natural and Simulates the Wind.

The “Simulates the Wind” fan speed will work on all three speeds, and this will produce the maximum amount of air flow.  The “Natural” speed will deliver a medium-force type of air flow, while the “Regular” speed delivers a light air flow.  And, when you set this fan to “Sleep Mode,” this will lower the fan speed to a light and quiet breeze so it won’t disturb you while you sleep.

The Soleus Air Tower Fan features an LED indicator display where you can control the settings.  Additionally, there is a remote control where you can conveniently control the settings from afar.

This oscillating tower fan offers a 7.5 hour timer, which you can set manually.  Once the time is up, this fan will automatically shutoff.  And, this is to protect the fan from overheating and prevent any unfortunate mishaps.

The Soleus Air Tower Fan measures 9.2 inches long, 11.2 inches wide and 34.47 inches tall.  It weighs roughly 8 pounds.

Pros:

This pick for best tower fan has a reduced vibration motor which makes it extremely quiet.  And, if it’s not quiet enough for you, you can always set it on sleep mode which will reduce the noise even further while you’re resting.

Furthermore, this tower fan is very stable, so you won’t have to worry about knocking it over.  And, this fan is also slim in size, so it won’t take up too much space.

Cons:

A few consumers have complained that this fan rattles.  However, it is important to note that most consumers have not reported this issue, rather they have left glowing reviews about how quiet this fan is.

 

Seville Classics Ultraslimline Energy-Saving Tilt Tower Fan

Seville Classics Ultraslimline Energy-Saving Tilt Tower Fan

Our next pick for best tower fan offers unlimited angles to get that airflow exactly where you need it.  The Seville Classics Ultraslimline Energy-Saving Tower Fan offers 55 degrees of angles with 3 different tilt positions.  These tilt positions measure at 0 degrees, 6 degrees and 12 degrees.

Furthermore, this tower fan offers 5 speeds which range from low to high.  And, it has 3 breeze settings:  Constant, Natural and Sleep.  So, when you add all of this up, you receive 45 different levels of air circulation.  And, this allows you to customize the airflow to deliver it right where you need it. 

The Seville Classics Ultraslimline Tower Fan features an LED control panel where you can control the settings.  And, if you’re across the room on your favorite chair, you can also control the settings via remote control.  Furthermore, the Seville Classics Ultraslimline Tower Fan has a 7.5 hour timer with automatic shutoff which is controlled via control panel or remote. 

This tower fan is energy-efficient and will allow you to save up to 50% in energy consumption.

Lastly, the Seville Classics Ultraslimline Tower Fan measures 13 inches long, 11 inches wide and 40 inches tall.  And, it weighs roughly 11 pounds.

Pros:

This fan has offers so many different settings, you can customize it to your exact needs.

In addition, it is quiet, and when it is on the lowest speed, it is near silent.  So, you can rest easy.

Cons:

If you’re looking to distribute air throughout a large room, this probably won’t do the trick.  This is an energy-efficient tower fan and it operates on a 25 watt motor.  Therefore, this motor can handle small to mid-sized rooms but not much larger.

 

Ozeri 3x Tower Fan

Ozeri 3x Tower Fan

This fan has a large fan base.  And, when we talk about fan base, we’re not talking about the actual fan.  We are talking about consumers.  Consumers love this fan.

The Ozeri 3x Tower Fan has 3 separately controlled fans with 3 different fan speeds.  This will give you 9 customized levels of airflow.  Furthermore, this fan offers a wide range of airflow at an oscillating 90 degrees.

Furthermore, this tower fan has 3 programs that are specially designed to help you relax and fall asleep.  And, did we mention sleep?  The Ozeri 3x Tower Fan features noise cancellation technology.  In addition, it offers canted fan blades that further help reduce blade noise.

To use this tower fan, simply control it via the touch-sensitive LED control panel or the included remote control.  And, if you would like to set the time, this fan has a 7.5 hour timer and an automatic shutoff.

Finally, this fan measures 8 inches long, 3 inches wide, 44 inches tall and it weighs 13 pounds.  Furthermore, the company claims this is among the world’s thinnest fans at mere 3 inches wide.

Pros:

Where do we begin?  This oscillating tower fan has everything.

We will start with the 3 separately controlled fans that are perfect to accommodate 3 people at once.  Especially if these 3 people never agree on which direction the wind blows.

So, you can set one fan in your direction and the other fan in your loved one’s direction.  And, you can use the 3rd fan to accommodate your pets.  Because pets need to keep cool, too.

Another notable aspect about this fan is it puts out a lot of air.  So, if you’re looking to cool down a large room, this fan is up to the task.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained this fan is rather noisy.  However, if you put it on a lower setting, that will help to reduce the noise.  And, the lowest level should be quiet enough to sleep with.  

Furthermore, the display lights on the fan are a little bright.  You may take this into consideration if you’re one of those people who like it dark when you sleep.

 

Lasko 52 Energy Efficient Oscillating Tower Fan

Lasko 52 Energy Efficient Oscillating Tower Fan

This is the tallest oscillating fan on our list.  The Lasko Energy Efficient Oscillating Tower Fan is 52 inches high, which is more than adequate for a space with taller ceilings.  Furthermore, this fan is adjustable to a height of 41 inches to accommodate a shorter space.

This pick for best tower fan has louvers which you can direct the airflow either up or down.  In addition, this fan features 3 energy-efficient speeds all adjustable via control panel or via remote control.

The Lasko 52 Energy Efficient oscillating Tower Fan has a programmable timer which you can set for up to 7.5 hours.

Finally, this tower fan measures 15 inches long, 15 inches wide and 52 inches tall.  It weighs 12 pounds and comes with a convenient handle for easy portability.

Pros:

The Lasko Oscillating Tower Fan is a great choice for a no-frills fan and it’s extremely quiet.

Furthermore, this fan is adjustable for tall or shorter spaces.  Making this a great choice for those who have a different levels of a playing field.

Cons:

While this fan works great for small to mid-sized spaces, because it is energy-efficient, it isn’t going to cool down a large space.  

 

Westinghouse Tower Fan with Remote

Westinghouse Tower Fan with Remote

Our final pick for best oscillating tower fan is another choice for those who don’t need all the frills.  The Westinghouse Tower Fan features 3 speeds with wide circulating oscillation.

This tower fan is controlled either by a digital LED display with soft-touch buttons or by remote control.  And, this tower fan offers a cubbyhole for the remote control in back.  This cubbyhole also doubles as a handle for easy portability.

The Westinghouse Tower Fan has an 8 hour timer which you can program manually.  In addition, the Westinghouse comes with a 5 foot cord so you have some leeway to move it around.

Finally, this tower fan measures 9.6 inches long, 8.3 inches wide and 36.3 inches tall.  And, it is rather lightweight at 9 pounds.

Pros:

The Westinghouse Tower Fan delivers quite a bit of air.  And, it will easily cool down a space in the mid-sized range.

Furthermore, this tower fan is rather quiet on all levels of operation.  However, if you want it extremely quiet, the lowest level of speed is where you’re going to get it.

Cons:

The blue LED lights are rather bright.  So, for sleeping purposes, you may want to consider this annoying oversight.  Or, you can always use the ever-handy duck tape to dim the light.

best fireplace grate

Best Fireplace Grate – Cast Iron and Steel

Are you looking for the best fireplace grate?  Fireplace grates are an absolute necessity for every fireplace.  Not only do they keep the firewood in place, but they also help to increase airflow.

And, this is important because you want to maximize your wood-burning experience.  When you use a grate, it will increase the burn-time of the firewood, increase the heat output and produce a cleaner burning fire.

So, what should you look for in the best fireplace grate?  Well, first, material is important.  And, the best materials for a fireplace grate are steel and cast iron.

best fireplace grate

And that poses the next question, which is better?  Steel or cast iron?  According to DenGarden, steel fireplace grates are less efficient and generally do not last as long as cast iron.  However, if you choose a steel fireplace grate in a heavier-grade, it can last as long as cast iron.

Furthermore, stainless steel fireplace grates are typically used for wood only.  The bars of the grate are spread apart wider, and therefore, they are not able to accommodate coal.  So, if you’re looking to build a fire with coal, a cast iron fireplace grate is the best way to go.  This is because most cast iron grates have small divides which can accommodate coal without the coal falling through the gaps.

Another quality you should look for in the best fireplace grate is weight.  The heavier the grate, the better off you will be in the long run.  Heavy grates tend to be more durable and more fire retardant.  So, if you choose a fireplace grate above 20 pounds, it is going to last you a while.  And, the heavier the grate you choose, the more years of use you can tack on.

Furthermore, it is important to note that fireplace grates come in all sizes.  So, in this case, if you’re going with a small fireplace grate, a weight of 17 pounds is still going to be a medium-duty grate and will be durable enough for years to come.  But, if you’re an everyday fire starter, we do suggest going with a heavier weight than that.    

Finally, if you’re looking for some fireplace tools to go along with your fireplace grate, check out our picks for top fireplace tools here

   

Best Fireplace Grate

 MaterialSpecsPrice
Grate Wall of Fire Model M-6 High Efficiency Smoke-Free Fireplace Grate
Grate Wall of Fire
Model M-6 High Efficiency Smoke-Free Fireplace Grate
Steel
Cast Iron Finials
26" x 15"
Liberty Foundry HY-C G500-24 Sampson Series Cast Iron Fireplace Grate
Liberty Foundry
HY-C G500-24 Sampson Series Cast Iron Fireplace Grate
Cast Iron20" x 16"
24" x 16"
18" x 16"
20" x 20"
20" x 14"
Heritage Products Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate
Heritage Products
Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate
Steel18" x 14"
24" x 14"
27" x 14"
33" x 14"
36" x 14"
Amagabeli Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate
Amagabeli
Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate
Cast Iron22" x 11"
24" x 11"
Liberty Foundry HY-C G22-4 G-Series Franklin Style Cast Iron Fireplace Grate
Liberty Foundry
HY-C G22-4 G-Series Franklin Style Cast Iron Fireplace Grate
Cast Iron17" x 12" x 6.7"
22" x 12" x 5"
22" x 12" x 6.5"
27" x 12" x 6.5"
Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace Grate
Uniflame
Hexagonal Fireplace Grate
Steel24" x 24"
27" x 27"
30" x 30"
36" x 36"

 

Best Fireplace Grate

Grate Wall of Fire Model M-6 High Efficiency Smoke-Free Fireplace Grate

Grate Wall of Fire Model M-6 High Efficiency Smoke-Free Fireplace Grate

Our first pick for best fireplace grate is a high-efficiency option that increases heat output.  The Grate Wall of Fire Model M-6 High Efficiency Smoke-Free Fireplace Grate not only increases heat output, it eliminates smoke output inside the home.

This fireplace grate works by resting on the rear wall of the fireplace.  Simply place the wood between the wall and the grate and you will have a clean burning fire in no time.

The Grate Wall of Fire High Efficiency Fireplace Grate is made with heavy-duty steel construction and comes with decorative cast iron finials which are removable in case the design doesn’t match your decor.  And, the steel constructed bars are .75 inches of solid steel.  

This fireplace grate measures 26 inches wide, 14 inches deep and 15 inches tall.  Therefore, the back wall of your fireplace needs to measure at least 26 inches wide and the depth of the fireplace should be at least 16 inches deep.  Furthermore, the entry to the fireplace should have enough depth so you’re able to load the firewood.

Pros:

The Grate Wall of Fire High Efficiency Fireplace Grate gets absolute rave reviews.  The most appreciated aspect of this fireplace grate is the amount of heat it delivers.  It will deliver a lot of heat in a short amount of time, which is perfect for those cold winter nights.

In addition, this fireplace grate eliminates smoke from coming into the house.  And, for those of us that have that issue, this fireplace grate is a lifesaver.

Cons:

Because this fireplace grate leans up against the back of the fireplace, it can cause brick and mortar failure overtime.  The solution to this is, The Grate Wall of Fire offers a reflective fireback to protect the wall from heat damage.  This fireback not only protects the rear of the fireplace, it is reflective, so therefore, it will reflect heat back into the room.  And, just like that, this fireplace grate just became even more efficient.  You can find the reflective fireback here.

Liberty Foundry HY-C G500-24 Sampson Series Cast Iron Fireplace Grate

Liberty Foundry HY-C G500-24 Sampson Series Cast Iron Fireplace Grate

This next pick for best fireplace grate is another high-efficiency option.  The Liberty Foundry HY-C G500-24 Sampson Series Cast Iron Fireplace Grate is designed in a way which allows you to combine wood with coal and receive air from all angles.  And, this allows the fire to burn cleanly while increasing the heat output.

This fireplace grate is made with heavy-duty cast iron and features removable 2.5 inch tall legs.  However, if you need to remove them for more clearance, this fireplace grate is extremely stable on its own.

Lastly, the Liberty Foundry Cast Iron Fireplace Grate comes in your choice of 5 different sizes:  20 inches by 16 inches, 24 inches by 16 inches, 18 inches by 16 inches, 20 inches by 20 inches or 20 inches by 14 inches.

Pros:

First of all, this fireplace grate is extremely attractive.  Most consumers can’t get enough of how well this fireplace grate presents itself.

Furthermore, this grate is made of solid cast iron and is extremely sturdy.  So, if you’re going to burn coal, this grate is up the challenge.  If you just want to burn wood, this is a great alternative to some of the steel fireplace grates which are designed in this same classic fashion.

Cons:

A few consumers felt the assembly is difficult and the instructions are hard to understand.  Patience is advised.

Heritage Products Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate

Heritage Products Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate

This next pick is designed to use for wood only.  The Heritage Products Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate features a wide construction with wide-set bars.

This fireplace grate is made with heavy-duty steel construction with .375 inches by 1 inch thick bars.  And, having bars this thick, you won’t have to worry about warping.  

The Heritage Products Heavy Duty Steel Fireplace Grate is tapered to ensure it fits most fireplaces.  And, for added assurance on getting the right fit, this fireplace grate comes in your choice of sizes:  18 inches by 14 inches, 24 inches by 14 inches, 27 inches by 14 inches, 33 inches by 14 inches and 36 inches by 14 inches.

Pros:

This fireplace grate is heavy and durable.  And, when it comes to heavy-duty steel, this grate will last you a long time.

Furthermore, it comes in an array of sizes, enough to accommodate just about every fireplace out there.

Cons:

Every once in a while we review a product where we can find no defect.  And, as much as we tried to pick this fireplace grate apart, we couldn’t find one thing wrong with it.

 

Amagabeli Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate

Amagabeli Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate

This pick for best fireplace grate is designed to be used for wood only.  And, this grate is made with wrought iron, as opposed to cast iron.  So, it’s not going to be as durable as cast iron, but it is made with thick construction and will handle a lot of heat.

The Amagabeli Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate features 7 steel bars within a v-shaped rack.  This rack is processed with electroforged grating which seals up cracks, increasing durability.

This fireplace grate comes in your choice of 2 sizes:  22 inches long and 11.25 inches wide or 24 inches long and 7.5 inches wide.  Both sizes are a good weight at approximately 20 pounds.

Pros:

The Amagabeli Black Wrought Iron Fireplace Log Grate is heavy-duty and durable enough to handle an outdoor firepit.

Furthermore, it features a classic design and will blend well in just about any room or in any yard.

Cons:

Because it is made of wrought iron as opposed to cast iron, this may not be durable for an everyday fire starter.  It would last you a while, but probably not as long as a cast iron fireplace grate would.

Liberty Foundry HY-C G22-4 G-Series Franklin Style Cast Iron Fireplace Grate

Liberty Foundry HY-C G22-4 G-Series Franklin Style Cast Iron Fireplace Grate

The best aspect of this fireplace grate is it’s all one piece.  The Liberty Foundry Franklin Style Fireplace Grate is made with one solid piece of cast iron and sits on 4-inch cast-on legs.

And, this grate can burn both coal and wood because it is made of cast iron and designed with smaller gaps. 

The Liberty Foundry Franklin Style Fireplace Grate measures 12 inches deep and is designed for smaller fireplaces. It comes in your choice of lengths:  17 inches, 22 inches or 27 inches.

Pros:

Because this fireplace grate is made with heavy-duty cast iron, it is going to last through a lot of fires.

Additionally, this is a perfect size for smaller-sized fireplaces and works also great for an outdoor firepit.

Cons:

The legs on the Liberty Foundry Fireplace Grate are rather short, which is great for low-ceiling fireplaces.  However, because the legs are short, it doesn’t get as much airflow underneath and the coal accumulation can suffer because of it.

Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace Grate

Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace Grate

Our final pick for best fireplace grate is designed for wider fireplaces.  In addition, it is also designed in a hexagon shape for maximum airflow.

The Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace Grate is constructed with 100% stainless steel with a black finish.  And, because it is stainless steel with wide set bars, this fireplace grate is for wood only.

The Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace Grate comes in your choice of 4 different sizes:  24 inches by 24 inches, 27 inches by 27 inches, 30 inches by 30 inches and 36 inches by 36 inches.

Pros:

This fireplace grate is solidly built and extremely durable.

Additionally, the hexagon design is a brilliant feature because it allows for a whole lot of airflow.  And, this means more efficient burning time.

Cons:

The legs of the Uniflame Hexagonal Fireplace are rather short.  So, this deters some coal buildup which tends to extend the life of the fire.

Furthermore, this fireplace grate is not designed for outdoor use.

Best Fireplace Tools and Wrought Iron Sets

When searching for the best fireplace tools, it’s best to start with your fireplace in mind.  Or rather, the whole setup you have going on.

From a design standpoint, choosing the right fireplace tools to match your fireplace screen and your grate, as well as your room decor, is imperative to keeping the aesthetic of a room with a fireplace view.  So, if you have sleek lines going on and a contemporary set up, you will want to choose a modern set of fireplace tools.  If you have a log cabin-esque atmosphere going on, or perhaps some country decor, you will want to go for a more traditional-style of fireplace tools.

best fireplace tools

The next step to picking out the best fireplace tools is durability.  You will be handling hot coals and firewood with theses tools, so whatever you choose needs to be able to take a beating and a burning.  And, our 6 picks for best fireplace tools are more than up for this task as they are all made of heavy wrought iron or heavy-duty metal.  So, we’ve made this part of the process of choosing the best fireplace tools easy for you.  

Additionally, fireplace tools should be comfortable to hold.  So, with a selection of fireplace tools featuring ergonomic handles or smooth rectangular-shaped handles, you will be comfortably poking the fire without the onset of hand fatigue.

And, of course, the best fireplace tools need to have a happy consumers.  Therefore, we only chose the highest quality fireplace tools with the best consumer reviews.  So, our final picks for best fireplace tools, are tried and true and occupy happy homes.

Lastly, if you’re looking for a fireplace grate to go with a set of fireplace tools, you can find our top picks and a perfect match here.

 

Best Fireplace Tools

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Plow & Hearth 36164-Brz 5 Piece
Plow & Hearth
36164-Brz 5 Piece
Wrought Iron
4 Tools
Hand-Forged Finish
Color Options
32.5" x 7.5"
20" x 10.2"
Panacea Fireplace Tool Set 5 Piece
Panacea
Fireplace Tool Set 5 Piece
Metal
4 Tools
Soft-Mottled Gray Finish
31" x 10.9"
Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set
Pilgrim Home and Hearth
18086 Sinclair Tool Set
Metal
4 Tools
Burnished Brass Finish
29" x 10"
Minuteman International Shepherd's Hook III Fireplace Tool Set
Minuteman International
Shepherd's Hook III Fireplace Tool Set
Wrought Iron
4 Tools
Black Powder-Coated Finish
22" x 7"
26.5" x 6"
33" x 8"
38" x 10.25"
Uniflame 5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset
Uniflame
5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset
Wrought Iron
4 Tools
Black Finish
31" x 12"
Amagabelli Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece
Amagabelli
Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece
Wrought Iron
4 Tools
31" x 7.1"

 

Best Fireplace Tools

Plow & Hearth 36164-Brz 5 Piece

Plow & Hearth 36164-Brz 5 Piece

Our first pick for best fireplace tools is designed in a shepherd’s crook style.  And, this is derived from a tool used by shepherd’s to keep predators from their flock.  So, this set works well in a country or cabin-esque type of atmosphere.  And, with the simplicity of this particular design, this set can also work well in a modern environment.

The Plow & Hearth 36164-Brz 5 Piece Fireplace Tool Set is made of wrought iron and features grooved beaver tail ends.  In addition, this set is hand forged with a natural bronze finish or you have the option of choosing a black finish.

This set of fireplace tools measures 32.5 inches tall, 7.5 inches wide and it weighs roughly 16 pounds.  But, if you would like a more compact set, you can find that here.  The Plow & Hearth Compact Fireplace Tool Set measures 20 inches tall and 10.2 inches wide.  And, it weighs roughly 10 pounds.

Lastly, this set comes with 4 tools and a stand.  The tools include tongs, poker, shovel and a broom.

Pros:

The Plow & Hearth 36164-Brz 5 Piece Fireplace Tool Set features a minimal, yet classic, design that will work well with just about every decor.

Furthermore, this set is made of solid wrought iron and is more than durable enough to endure the abuse we put our fireplace tools through.  In addition, it’s durable enough to handle outdoor fires.

Cons:

There was a complaint that the brush is a little on the cheap side.  However, it is important to note, the overwhelming majority of consumers are very happy with this set of fireplace tools.

Panacea Fireplace Tool Set 5 Piece

Panacea Fireplace Tool Set 5 Piece

This set of fireplace tools boasts a modern prairie-style that will work well with contemporary decor.

The Panacea Fireplace Tool Set 5 Piece is made of heavy-duty metal with a soft-mottled gray finish.  This soft-mottled gray finish can be best described as a steel gray color.

This fireplace tool set features a rectangular frame with 4 tools.  These tools include a poker, shovel, tongs and a broom.  Furthermore, these tools come with thick, rectangular handles that are smooth to the touch.

Lastly, the Panacea Fireplace Tools Set 5 Piece measures 31 inches tall and 10.9 inches wide.  And, it weighs roughly 16 pounds.

Pros:

This fireplace set is well-built and sturdy.

Additionally, the handles are welded onto the metal shafts as opposed to screwed on, making this feature a feature which exudes quality.

Cons:

The handles are comfortable, yet rectangular.  However, they aren’t ergonomically designed which is for the preferred level of comfort.

Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set

Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set

This pick for best fireplace tools has a traditional shepherd’s hook design.  However, this particular design works well with both classic and modern decor.

The Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set is constructed of heavy-duty metal and hand-forged with a Burnished Brass finish.

This fireplace tool set features a rectangular stand with 4 tools.  These tools include a shovel, poker, tongs and a brush.

Furthermore, the Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set measures 29 inches tall and 10 inches wide.  And, it weighs 20 pounds.

Pros:

This company is well-known for making high quality products for over 65 years.  And, this fireplace tool set tells of a similar story – it is extremely durable, well-designed and well-crafted.

In addition, the handles and the stems are all one piece, which attests to the craftsmanship and the construction.

Cons:

The Pilgrim Home and Hearth 18086 Sinclair Tool Set may be a bit pricier than some of our other picks.  However, due to the quality and construction, this set is worth every penny.

 

Minuteman International Shepherd's Hook III Fireplace Tool Set

Minuteman International Shepherd’s Hook III Fireplace Tool Set

This next pick is a traditional-style fireplace set with a shepherd’s hook design.  And, this particular set works best in a country or cabin environment.

The Minuteman International Shepherd’s Hook III Fireplace Tool Set is made of forged wrought iron with a black powder-coated finish.

This fireplace set comes with a stand with 4 different tools.  These tools include a poker, shovel, hoe and a brush.

The Minuteman International Shepherd’s Hook III Tool Set comes with a base ranging from 6 inches to 10.25 inches wide and comes in 4 different heights to choose from:  22 inches, 26 inches, 33 inches and 38 inches.

Pros:

This set is offered in 4 different heights which is sure to accommodate just about every consumer.

Furthermore, this fireplace set is made of solid wrought iron and extremely durable.  For assurance, the 38 inch fireplace tool set weighs a whopping 30 pounds.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained the broom is losing some bristles.  Unfortunately, this is often the case with this type of broom.  But, losing some bristles may give it some authenticity.

 

Uniflame 5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset

Uniflame 5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset

This set of fireplace tools is a traditional shepherd’s hook design with a continuous loop handle.  And, this set will work best with traditional decor.  Furthermore, the handles and the stand are twisted to give it an added flair.

The Uniflame 5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset is made of heavy wrought iron with a black finish.

This fireplace set comes with a stand and 4 different tools.  These tools include a shovel, log lifter, poker and a brush.

The Uniflame 5 Piece Black Wrought Iron Ring Swirl Fireset weighs 19 pounds and measures 31 inches tall and 12 inches wide.

Pros:

This fireplace set is heavy-duty and on the budget friendly side.  Plus, it is made with wrought iron so you know it’s going to be durable.  Additionally, the twisted design feature gives it some extra-added durability.  

Cons:

The broom isn’t all that functional.  It can work but not all that well.  Best to keep it for looks and have another one on hand for clean up.

Amagabelli Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece

Amagabelli Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece

Our final pick for best fireplace tool set features a classic design that will work well with traditional decor.  And, with the knob design on the handle, this is one of the more comfortable picks on our list.

The Amagabelli Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece is made of black wrought iron.  It comes with a base and 4 tools to choose from:  brush, shovel, tongs and fireplace poker.

This fireplace set measures 31 inches tall and 7.1 inches wide.  It weighs roughly 11 pounds.

Lastly, the Amagabelli Rustic Fireplace Tools 5 Piece needs to be assembled upon arrival.  However, this set comes with a simple guide and assembly is extremely easy.  The total setup should take no more than 5 minutes.

Pros:

This fireplace tool set is easy to assemble.  And, once screwed in, most consumers had no issues with the parts unscrewing over time.

Additionally, this set has ergonomic designed handles which makes it comfortable to handle and eliminates hand fatigue. 

Cons:

Because it’s a budget option, you’re not going to have the heavy-duty quality of some of the other fireplace tool sets on the market.  For instance, this set only weighs roughly 11 pounds, whereas, most of our other picks weigh between 20 and 30 pounds.

Furthermore, some consumers have complained that the pieces weren’t threaded for screw-in and these consumers were not able to assemble the set.  Additionally, there were also some consumers that had issues with the parts staying screwed in over time.

Overall, this is a decent set for the price.  And, it’s the best fireplace tool set in this particular price range.  However, if you’re looking for a heavy-duty option that’s going to last years to come, we suggest going with one of our other picks.  You may be paying more, but in the long run, it’s worth it.

best mixing bowls

Best Mixing Bowls – Stainless Steel & Plastic

If you’re looking for the best mixing bowls, we searched high and low for the best all-around mixing bowls on the market.  And, if you are specifically looking for stainless steel mixing bowls, you’re in luck.  We found 6 high quality stainless steel mixing bowls that surely compliment your kitchen.

If you’re looking for plastic mixing bowls, we found one set that is extremely durable and BPA free.  It is also a consumer favorite.

And, if you’re not sure if you should go with a stainless steel set or a plastic set, we have a small guide to help you sort out the differences.

Best Mixing Bowls Buyer’s Guide

Should I go with a stainless steel or plastic set of mixing bowls?

Both of these options are lightweight and durable.  However, there is one big distinction between the two.

According to FOOD52, plastic tends to absorb odors and oil.  Additionally, plastic is prone to stains.  Especially if you will be prepping with beets, blueberries, tomato sauce and the like.  

And then, the other difference is the texture.  Some people may prefer plastic over stainless steel because sometimes stainless steel can feel like fingernails on a chalkboard.  Of course, not everyone feels this way but there are people that do.  So, be sure to take this into consideration because cooking and baking should be enjoyable.

In the end, whatever you choose to go is most likely personal preference.  And, like we mentioned previously, our pick for the best plastic mixing bowls is BPA free.  So, you’re not going to be mixing any harmful chemicals in with the chocolate chip cookies.

 

Best Mixing Bowls

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls
All-Clad
MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls
18/10 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handles
Drip-Free Rim
Dishwasher Safe
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set
KitchenAid
3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set
18/8 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handles
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
3 Quart
5 Quart
15 Quart
The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3
The Pampered Chef
Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3
Brushed Stainless Steel
Silicone Thumb Hole
Silicone Base
Pour Spout
Metric Measurements
Dishwasher Safe
2 Quart
4 Quart
6 Quart
OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set
OXO Good Grips
3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set
Brushed Stainless Steel
Plastic Exterior
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
KUKPO Mixing Bowls
KUKPO
Mixing Bowls
BPA-Free Plastic
Non-Slip Handles
Non-Slip Base
Pour Spout
Dishwasher Safe
1.8 Quart
3.6 Quart
6.5 Quart
Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids
Bellemain
Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids
18/10 Stainless Steel
BPA-Free Silicone Lids
Silicone Base
Metric Measurements
Dishwasher Safe
1 Quart
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
5 Quart
FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls
FINEDINE
Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls
Stainless Steel
Dishwasher Safe
.75 Quart
1 Quart
1.5 Quart
3 Quart
4 Quart
5 Quart
8 Quart

 

Best Mixing Bowls

All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls

All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls

Our first pick for best stainless steel mixing bowls is one of the most exquisite sets available.  The All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Dishwasher Safe Mixing Bowls comes from a company that has been around for nearly 5 decades and produces cookware with American-made steel.

This set of stainless steel mixing bowls are made with high quality 18/10 steel, also known as 304 grade stainless steel.  And, according to Mightynest, 18/10 stainless steel is made of 18% chromium and 10% nickel.  It is durable, corrosion resistant and safeguards against chemical transfer.

The All-Clad MBSET Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls are stackable and come with a 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart capacity mixing bowls.  And, all together, they weigh 7 pounds.

These stainless steel mixing bowls feature a rolled rim for drip-free pours.  In addition, they come with handles for an easy grip.

Finally, this set of mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

This company makes high quality stainless steel cookware and these mixing bowls are no different.  Furthermore, the handles offer a superb grip and the drip-free edges are a thoughtful bonus.  

Cons:

Some consumers have complained these mixing bowls are on the small side.  Additionally, since they are stainless steel, they will scratch.

KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set

KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set

This next pick for best mixing bowls is made of heavy gauge, 18/8 stainless steel.  The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set is durable, rust-resistant and corrosion-resistant.

These stainless steel mixing bowls set are a nesting-style set which comes with a 3 quart, 5 quart and 15 quart bowl.

The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set features seemless handles which provide a slip-free grip.  In addition, each mixing bowl comes with a non-slip base to prevent bowls from sliding around on the counter.  This non-slip base will also protect the countertops from damage such as scratching.

Lastly, this set of stainless steel mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.  And, they come in your choice of colors:  Candy Apple Red or Stainless Steel.

Pros:

The KitchenAid 3-Piece Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set, in our opinion, have the perfect array of sizes.  And, at a little over 4 pounds, they are a nice weight.    

Cons:

If you decide to go with the Candy Apple Red color, some consumers have complained the color chips off.

Furthermore, there have been complaints the edge of the rim is sharp and uncomfortable.

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set of 3

We are a huge fan of The Pampered Chef and this set of mixing bowls further validates our love for this company.  The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set offers the perfect solutions for all of our prepping issues.

First, this set of mixing bowls come with metric marks on the inside to get the precise measurement without dirtying a measuring cup.  Next, each bowl comes with a built-in, drip-free pour spout.  Finally, these bowls have a padded thumb hole to stabalize the bowls while you’re whisking away.  And, if you’re so inclined, you can use these thumb holes for hook storage.

The Pampered Chef Stainless Steel Mixing Bowl Set is made of high quality, brushed stainless steel.  This stainless steel is resistant to rust and corrosion.

Furthermore, these stainless steel mixing bowls have a silicone bottom for a slip-free prepping session.  In addition, this silicone bottom will help to protect the countertops from damage.

And, not only does this set come with a silicone bottom, but silicone lids as well.  This makes it easy to transport or refrigerate.

This set includes a 2 quart, 4 quart and 6 quart mixing bowl.  They are dishwasher safe, refrigerator safe and freezer safe.

Pros:

What can we say?  There are a lot of positives to this set of stainless steel mixing bowls.  From the pour spout, to the thumb/storage holes, to the silicone bottom, and of course, the silicone lids.

Cons:

Some consumers have complained the lids tend to pop off.

In addition, the edges are a bit sharp and uncomfortable.

OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set

OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set

This pick for best mixing bowls is a great option for those who are undecided about whether to go with stainless steel or plastic.  The OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set is made of quality, brushed stainless steel with a plastic exterior.  And, this plastic exterior is beneficial as it will help to protect the hands when dealing with hot foods.

This stainless steel mixing bowl set comes with a 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart bowls which nest inside of eachother for easy storing.  And, they are lightweight at 3.4 pounds.

Each bowl in the OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set features a non-skid bottom for a slip-free prep session.  Furthermore, this non-skid bottom will help protect the counters from damage.

Finally, this set of stainless steel mixing bowls is dishwasher safe.

Pros:

The OXO Good Grips 3-Piece Stainless-Steel Mixing Bowl Set is sturdy and extremely durable.

In addition, because of the stainless steel interior and the plastic exterior, they retain heat well.  And, when dealing with heat, the plastic exterior is a great alternative to hot pads or oven mitts.  

Cons:

A couple of consumers have complained about rusting.  However, most consumers haven’t reported on this particular problem.  The best advice we could give is to make sure these bowls are completely dry before storing.

KUKPO Mixing Bowls

This pick for best mixing bowls is in the plastic category.  And, like we stated previously, this is BPA-free plastic.  So, this set of mixing bowls won’t be transferring chemicals onto your food.

The KUKPO Mixing Bowls come in 3 sizes:  1.8 quart, 3.6 quart and 6.5 quart.  And, these are nesting-style of bowls, so you can store them away convienently.

This set of mixing bowls feature “easy grip handles.”  These handles consist of non-slip rubber.  In addition, the base of these bowls offer a non-skid bottom to protect the countertops and to keep things steady while mixing.

And, perhaps one of our favorite features is the easy pour spout.  So, you can say goodbye to sloppy pouring with these bowls.  

Finally, the KUKPO Mixing Bowls are dishwasher and freezer safe.

Pros:

We love the pour spout and this features is one of our favorites of any mixing bowl.

In addition, these bowls are fairly deep which help to keep the food inside the bowl while mixing.  

Cons:

The bottom is rounded which makes them a bit unstable.  However, some cooks prefer the rounded bottoms better.

Furthermore, some consumers have complained these mixing bowls are not all that sturdy.

Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids

Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls with Lids

These mixing bowls are likely the most budget-friendly picks on our list.  However, the Bellemain Stainless Steel Non-Slip Mixing Bowls look anything but budget-friendly.

This set of 4 mixing bowls come in the following sizes:  1 quart, 1.5 quart, 3 quart and 5 quart.  And, these mixing bowls are lightweight at 3.9 pounds.

The Bellemain Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls are made of 18/10 stainless steel with silicone coating on the bottom.  This silicone coating is slip-resistant and will help protect the countertop from scratching.

In addition, this pick for best mixing bowls comes with BPA-free silicone lids.  This will help secure the food while you transport, refrigerate or freeze.

The Bellemain Mixing Bowls feature metric measurements on the inside of each bowl.  And, this will help maximize your time in the kitchen and prevent you from needlessly dirtying a measuring cup.

These mixing bowls are dishwasher safe and they are able to go in the oven at a maximum 390 degree temperature Fahrenheit.

Pros:

Lids, metric measurement, BPA-free, 18/10 stainless steel, oven-friendly…need we say more?  Oh, yes, we do!  These are also budget-friendly.  You can’t get much better than all of that.

Cons:

There is no convienent pour spout or functional edge that allows for a drip-free pour.

 

FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls

FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls

Our final pick for best mixing bowls come with a whopping 6 bowls in total.  The FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls comes with the following sizes:  .75 quart, 1.5 quart, 3 quart, 4 quart, 5 quart and 8 quart.

These mixing bowls are made with commercial-grade stainless steel that are rust and corrosion-resistant.

The FINEDINE Stainless Steel Mixing Bowls feature a wide rim for even pouring and a flat base to stabilize the bowls while mixing.

Finally, this set of mixing bowls can be stored in the refrigerator and freezer.  In addition, they are dishwasher-safe.

Pros:

You get a lot of bang for your buck with these mixing bowls.  In addition, they are extremely sturdy.

Cons:

They don’t have all the bells and whistles like some of our other picks.  There is no pour spout or non-slip base.

best blankets for beds

Best Blankets for Beds – All Year Round Solutions

If you’re looking for the best blankets for beds, we reviewed a ton of blankets and came away with 7 comfortable and cozy picks.  And not only are these blankets comfortable and cozy, they are stylish too.

So, what were we looking for when we went on the hunt for the best blankets for beds?  Well, first, we scouted out quality.  These blankets need to hold up to the nightly abuse we put them through.  This means we picked out the best blankets for beds with quality material that won’t pill or mat.  In addition, the material of these blankets all feel luxurious and soft to the touch.

best blankets for beds

Furthermore, we also looked for a variety of blankets to suit just about anyone’s needs.  So, whether you’re looking for a blanket to provide you with warmth in the winter months and a cool down in the summer months, we have a blanket for you.  If you’re looking for a blanket strictly for the winter months, we picked out some of the coziest blankets suitable for even Jack Frost.

And, not only have we picked out blankets in every temperature range, there are blankets for every decor, from classic to modern.  And, there are quite a few for the cozy cabin-like feel.  We made sure there is a blanket for everyone.

So, when we gathered all the blankets we thought were elligible to be on our best blankets for beds list, we narrowed them down to the final 7 best blankets for beds according to consumer reviews.  We paid close attention to both positive and negative reviews and came out with some winners.  And, ever since we picked out our final 7 best blankets, we sleep very well at night. 

 

Best Blankets for Beds

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Tommy Bahama 216397 Bahama Coast White Cotton Blanket
Tommy Bahama
216397 Bahama Coast White Cotton Blanket
100% Cotton
Basketweave Woven
Color Options
Full/Queen
King
Creswick Australian Mills Luxurious All-Natural Alpaca/Lambswool Oversized Blanket
Creswick Australian Mills
Luxurious All-Natural Alpaca/Lambswool Oversized Blanket
70% Lambswool
30% Alpaca
Hypo-Allergenic
Material Options
Color Options
Size Options
Twin
Full/Queen
King
Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket
Utopia Bedding
Cotton Throw Blanket
100% Ring Spun Cotton
Hypo-Allergenic
Color Options
Twin
Full/Queen
King
EFFORTLESS BEDDING Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket
EFFORTLESS BEDDING
Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket
100% Polyester
Deep Pockets
Elastic Footing
Color Options
Twin/XL
Full/Queen
King
California King
Genteele Luxurious Velvet Fleece Blanket
Genteele
Luxurious Velvet Fleece Blanket
100% Polyester
Reversible
Color Options
Twin
Full/Queen
King
Himalaya Trading Company Luxury 100% Cashmere Bed Blanket
Himalaya Trading Company
Luxury 100% Cashmere Bed Blanket
100% Cashmere
Silk Satin Border
Queen
JBFF 250 Thread Microfiber Reverse to Fleece Goose Down Alternative Blanket
JBFF
250 Thread Microfiber Reverse to Fleece Goose Down Alternative Blanket
100% Polyester
Alternative Fiber Fill
3" Binding
Twin
Full/Queen
King

 

Best Blankets for Beds

Tommy Bahama 216397 Bahama Coast White Cotton Blanket

Tommy Bahama 216397 Bahama Coast White Cotton Blanket

Our first pick for best blankets for beds is a woven blanket made of 100% cotton.  It features a basketweave texture that’s classic in style and will keep you warm on a cold night and cool during the warm summer nights.

The Tommy Bahama 216397 Bahama Coast Cotton Blanket comes in your choice of Full/Queen or King.  And, it comes in your choice of colors:  White, Ecru or Pelican Grey.  You can find all these options here.

This blanket is hemmed on all sides to ensure the blanket stays raveled.  Additionally, this blanket is machine washable and will keep its shape wash after wash.

Our final take:  The Tommy Bahama 216397 Bahama Coast White Cotton Blanket is as classic as you can get.  It has a soft cotton feel and the texture makes it comfortable and inviting.  Furthermore, this makes a great layering piece for the winter months and in the summer, it works great as a standalone blanket if you get too hot.  Tommy Bahama produces quality products and it’s hard to wrong with this brand in terms of style and quality.

Creswick Australian Mills Luxurious All-Natural Alpaca/Lambswool Oversized Blanket

Creswick Australian Mills Luxurious All-Natural Alpaca/Lambswool Oversized Blanket

This is by far one of the more luxurious blankets you can own.  The Creswick Australian Mills Luxurious All-Natural Oversized Blanket is made with 30% alpaca and 70% lambswool.  And, with this combination, this blanket will ensure your warmth in the winter and give you a cool down in the summer.

Additionally, this blanket is great for those who suffer from allergies.  It is naturally hypo-allergenic and itch-free.  It also keeps you dry, so if you’re prone to perspiring during the night, this is a great solution for you.

The Creswick Australian Mill Luxurious All-Natural Blanket is a twin-sized blanket that is over-sized.  It measures 72 inches wide and 90 inches long.  It also includes a fold-over hem.

Furthermore, this blanket is made with high-quality materials that will not pill nor mat.  And, it is dry clean only.

If you’re looking for different size, color or material options, you can find those here.

Our final take:  With the alpaca and lambswool blend, this blanket is soft, cozy and warm.  And, if you’ve ever wanted to bask in the feel of luxury, this is your chance.  It also makes a great throw for the sofa – cup of tea and a book not included. 

Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket

Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket

This pick for best blankets for beds is a great budget option.  The Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket looks great and doesn’t cost a fortune.

This blanket is woven with 100% ring spun cotton.  Ring spun cotton tends to be softer and more durable than regular cotton, which makes it a great material for a blanket.

And, this blanket is light in weight and great for summer, as well as, the winter months.  It helps to regulate the temperature while allowing for a breathable sleep.

In addition, the Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket is made of all-natural material and no harmful chemicals or synthetic materials are used in the production of this blanket.  So, this blanket is great for those who are prone to allergies.

The Utopia Bedding Cotton Throw Blanket can be used as a thermal blanket for the bed or as a throw for the sofa.  It comes in Twin, Full/Queen or King sizes and your choice of color:  White or Gray.

To care for this blanket, just machine wash and tumble dry on low.  And, it is recommended to wash separately before use to reduce lint.

Our final take:  This is another blanket that’s great for layering in the winter months.  Additionally, in the summer months, this a great blanket as a standalone piece.  It has a classic look to it at an extremely affordable price.  

EFFORTLESS BEDDING Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket

EFFORTLESS BEDDING Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket

For those who like their bedding to be plush, this a great pick for you.  The EFFORTLESS BEDDING Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket is made of 100% polyester.  It comes in your choice of Twin/XL, Full, Queen, King and California King sizes.  In addition, you can choose between the following colors:  Sage Green, Gardenia, Blue, Dark Gray, Pink Leopard or Sand Shell.

This blanket comes with elastic at the foot end to ensure the blanket stays put throughout the night.  In addition, this blanket is oversized with deep pockets – which is sometimes a necessity for mattresses with more depth.  However, if you have a standard depth mattress, this would work great as an oversized fitted blanket.

The EFFORTLESS BEDDING Plush Semi-Fitted Bed Blanket is the perfect layer for the winter months and great as a standalone blanket for the summer months.

To care for this blanket, simply machine wash with like colors on a gentle cycle and tumble dry low.

Our final take:  Some of us love plush and this blanket is for those of us who love plush.  Furthermore, this blanket is extremely cozy, cuddly and comfortable.  The other aspect we love about this blanket is the elastic on the foot end of the blanket which helps it stay in place.  However, if you’re looking for a blanket for the bed and the sofa, this might not be the best pick for you.

Genteele Luxurious Velvet Fleece Blanket

Genteele Luxurious Velvet Fleece Blanket

This blanket is not only lightweight, it is cozy and warm.  The Genteele Luxurious Velvet Fleece Blanket is the ultimate cuddly blanket made of 100% polyester.

And, not only is this blanket soft to the touch, this blanket comes in an array of soft, zen-like colors.  Choose between Charcoal, Purple, Light Taupe, Silver Gray or Winter Ivory.  Furthermore, it comes in your choice of sizes:  Twin, Full/Queen or King.

The Genteele Luxurioius Velvet Fleece Blanket is perfect for the cold winter nights or the nights spent reading a book on the couch.  In the summer months, this blanket would make a great standalone piece.

To care for this blanket, machine wash in cold water on a gentle cycle.  Let air dry or tumble dry on low.

Our final take:  This is another pick that’s for those that love plush.  And, what’s great about this particular blanket is it’s lightweight and plush.  So, this is a great choice for those that don’t want something too thick, and for those looking to layer.  

Himalaya Trading Company Luxury 100% Cashmere Bed Blanket

Himalaya Trading Company Luxury 100% Cashmere Bed Blanket

What’s better than cashmere?  A blanket made out of cashmere.  The Himalaya Trading Company Luxury 100% Cashmere Bed Blanket comes with a 1.5 inch, 100% silk satin border.

This blanket is made of lightweight cashmere yarn in a twill-style pattern.  It is great for all year round, although especially in the winter months, the cashmere is a definite treat.

This blanket comes in a queen size and is available in this denim blue color.  To care for this blanket, it is recommended that you dry clean only.

Our final take:  We have a soft spot for cashmere, especially when it’s cold outside.  Cashmere is as soft as you can get, it is warm and it has a silk-like feel.  Of course, you always pay for luxury one way or the other.  And, with this blanket you will.  Additionally, it is dry clean only so the maintanence may be more than other blankets.  However, it’s a small price to pay for something that feels so good.  

JBFF 250 Thread Microfiber Reverse to Fleece Goose Down Alternative Blanket

JBFF 250 Thread Microfiber Reverse to Fleece Goose Down Alternative Blanket

This pick for best blankets for beds is a comforter-style, filled blanket.  The JBFF 250 Thread Microfiber Reverse to Fleece Goose Down Alternative Blanket is made of 100% polyester, with one side featuring a microfiber type of texture and the other side a woven stripe texture.

The JBFF Microfiber Down Alternative Blanket features a box stitch construction with 3 inches of binding on the edges.  

This blanket is filled with down alternative fiber and is plenty warm for the winter months while being just right for the summer months.

To care for this blanket, simply machine wash and tumble dry on low.

Our final take:  This is great solution for those that would like a blanket and comforter all-in-one.  The JBFF Alternative Blanket is a comforter on one side and a blanket on the other.  Additionally, it’s low-maintanence for what you get, so for those who don’t like the fuss, this is a blanket to consider.  

best futon for sleeping

Best Futon for Sleeping – Style, Comfort and Quality

Are you looking for the best futon for sleeping?  How about the best futon for a comfortable and supportive night’s sleep?

We picked out 6 of the best futons that are not only comfortable to sit in, they’re absolutely dreamy to sleep on.

There were a few requirements we thought were necessary when picking out final 8 best futons for sleeping:

  • Style
  • Comfort
  • Quality
  • Durability

When it comes to style, a futon is often the centerpiece of a room.  So, of course, it needs to look good.

Our next requirement is comfort.  And, this is often relative to each individual preference.  However, we erred on the side of the most popular type of mattress when picking out these futons.  And, the most popular type of mattress tends to be soft, yet firm, but not too firm – just right. Furthermore, the futons we chose all offer good back support to prevent those aches and pains we sometimes get from sleeping on less than desirable mattresses.

best futon for sleeping 

Then, we focused in on quality.  Whether theses futons are built with wood, metal or plastic, they have to made with the best materials available.  In addition, the materials of each mattress, including the fabric, have to be top notch.

Finally, durability is extremely important.  And, often this goes hand in hand with quality.  If quality materials are used, durability is pretty much a given.  However, these materials need to be put together with sturdy construction and we made sure these futons are built to last.

Once we gathered all the futons that met our requirements, we zoomed in on consumer reviews.  And, depending on how well each futon rated in terms of comfort, quality and durability according to consumers, we narrowed our picks down to the best futons for sleeping based on overall customer satisfaction.

And, our final picks are a well-rounded bunch that will comfortably accomodate sleep-filled nights and movie marathons.  

 

Best Futon for Sleeping

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Raw Futons Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed
Raw Futons
Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed
Wood
Hardwood Construction
7-Inch Mattress
294 Hinged Springs
Color/Design Options
76" x 37" x 33"
Jerry Sales Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed
Jerry Sales
Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed
Hardwood Construction
8-Inch Mattress
294 Hinged Springs
Color Options
81" x 37" x 33"
Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon
Generic
Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon
Wood Frame
Plastic Legs
Split Back Style
Memory Foam
Color Options
71.65" x 33.46" x 32.48
DHP Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon
DHP
Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon
Wood Construction
Pillowtop
3 Sitting/Sleeping Positions
70" x 34.5" x 31"
Kodiak Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set
Kodiak
Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set
Hardwood Construction
8-Inch Mattress
Color Options
80" x 37" x 33"
Mozaic 10-Inch Suede Gel Pocket Coil Futon MattressWood Construction
Cooling Gel Foam
15-Gauge Coils
Color Options
80" x 60" x 10"

 

Best Futon for Sleeping

Raw Futons Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed

#1.  Raw Futons Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed

Our first pick for best futon for sleeping comes in 25 different color and design combinations.  The fabric varies from soft suede to faux leather.  In addition, it also varies in texture from smooth to corduroy.

The Raw Futons Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed is a full size futon bed made of plantation grown hardwood.  And, it comes with a 7-inch innerspring mattress with 294 hinged springs.

This mattress is vacuum-packed for shipment.  So, you will need a little time to let it expand before use.  And thankfully, the futon itself is fairly easy to assemble.

The Raw Futons Colorado Reclaim Futon Sofa Bed frame measures 76 inches long, 37 inches wide and 33 inches high.  The mattress measures 75 inches long, 54 inches wide and 7 inches high.

Pros:

This futon is extremely comfortable to sleep on.  The best way to describe it is firm, yet comfortable.  In addition, it comes in 25 various colors and designs, so matching this futon to your decor just got a lot easier.

Cons:

When adjusting the futon from couch position to bed position, the frame moves rather easily.  However, when positioning it from the bed to the couch position, it’s a bit tricky due to the weight of the mattress.  You may need an extra hand in order to accomplish this.

Furthermore, this futon is deep when in the couch position, making it difficult to get in and out of for those suffering from knee or back problems.  However, this is can be an easy fix if you add some throw pillows.

 

Jerry Sales Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed

#2.  Jerry Sales Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed

This pick for best futon for sleeping is a cozy, log cabin style option.  And, it comes in your choice of 6 different colors.  It also comes in a variety of fabrics ranging from faux leather, soft suede-like material and a twill-textured fabric.  Choose between Leather Havana Rustic, Leather Havana Universal, Marmont Thunder Fabric, Mushroom Walnut, Sand Walnut and Vanilla Walnut.  

The Jerry Sales Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed has a log-like, solid hardwood construction built with plantation grown wood.  And, this futon is ultra durable with the frame weighing approximately 122 pounds and the mattress weighing approximately 53 pounds.

The mattress is an 8 inch innerspring mattress with 294 coil hinged springs.  Additionally, it is filled with high-density foam.  And, all of this combined will allow for a supportive night’s sleep.

The Jerry Sales Up North Futon Lodge Full Size Sofa Bed frame measures 81 inches long, 37 inches wide and 33 inches high.  The bed dimensions measure 81 inches long, 54.5 inches wide and 25 inches high.

Pros:

This futon has a high-back and is extremely comfortable.  The mattress is supportive with a medium-firmness, so it’s not too firm and it’s not something you will sink into.  We like to call it “just right.”

Additionally, this futon is easy to assemble and no tools are needed.

Cons:

The mattress arrives tightly packed up.  So, it will take at least a day to let it expand once it’s unwrapped.

 

Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon

#3.  Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon

This pick for best futon for sleeping is a modern yet space-saving option.  The Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon is a split back style of futon in which you can adjust one or both of the backs to your desired comfort.

The Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon provides memory foam with recycled foam stuffing.  As shown, it is covered with a grey polyester tweed.  However, it also comes in a brown color which you can find here.

This split back futon is constructed with a wooden frame and plastic legs.  But, don’t let the plastic legs fool you, these legs are ultra sturdy.

The Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon is 71.65 inches long, 33.46 inches wide and 32.48 inches high.  And, with this futon, you have the option to have this futon expertly assembled before arrival.

Pros:

Because this futon is made with memory foam, it’s going to form to your body, allowing for exact support.

Furthermore, this futon is constructed with durable materials which will give it some longevity.

Cons:

The Generic Tweed Memory BC-281 Foam Futon is only 71.65 inches long.  While this is great for someone looking for a space-saving option, it’s not so great for a 6 foot individual.

 

DHP Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon

#4.  DHP Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon

This pick for best futon for sleeping has a pillow top layer for extra comfort while sitting, lounging and sleeping.  The DHP Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon can be converted to these three different positions with just a click of the back.  And, your desired position is reached within seconds.

This futon is constructed with wooden legs and covered in a soft linen fabric.  In addition, it has tufted detailing that gives this pillow top futon a finished and inviting look.

The DHP Premium Westbury Linen Pillowtop Futon measures 70 inches long, 34.5 inches wide and 31 inches high.

Pros:

Like we mentioned previously, this futon has 3 different comfort levels:  sitting, lounging and sleeping.  In addition, it is extremely comfortable and durable.

And, on a comfort scale, this futon is rather firm – don’t let the pillowtop fool you.  So, if you prefer a firm, sleep-filled night, this is a great pick for you.

Cons:

Some people don’t care for firm, but rather somewhere in between firm and cushion-y.  Therefore, this may not be a great pick for everyone.

Furthermore, this is a smaller-sized futon which is a great space-saving option.  However, if you’re taller than 70 inches, this might not be the best option for you.

 

Kodiak Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set

#5.  Kodiak Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set

This futon not only allows you to sit and sleep, it also allows you to store.  The Kodiak Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set comes equipped with 2 slide out drawers perfect for pillows or blankets.

This futon is a queen sized futon, which will comfortably sleep 2 people.  And, when we say comfortably, we mean 8 inch innerspring mattress with cotton and foam comfortably.

The Kodiak Montreal X Futon Sofa Bed Set is made with solid wood and comes in your choice of 12 different colors of fabric.  In addition, there are different options with the fabric ranging from faux leather to a twill-like material.

This futon frame measures 80 inches long, 37 inches wide and 33 inches high.  The mattress measures 75 inches long, 54 inches wide and 8 inches high.

Pros:

This pick for best futon for sleeping comes with stoppers on the bottom of the seat for securing it in position.

Furthermore, consumers rave about how comfortable this futon is to sit and sleep on.  Could it have anything to do with the whopping 8 inch mattress?

Cons:

While it’s fairly easy to place in the sleeping position, because the mattress is so thick, it is hard to place back upright.  Therefore, you may need 2 people to complete this task.

Some consumers find the assembly difficult because of poor instructions.  However, some consumers have had no trouble.  With this one you might have to wing it.

 

Mozaic 10-Inch Suede Gel Pocket Coil Futon Mattress

#6.  Mozaic 10-Inch Suede Gel Pocket Coil Futon Mattress

Our last pick is a great one for those who tend to get too hot during the night.  And this is because it has a half-inch of cooling gel foam to keep you from overheating throughout the night.

The Mozaic 10-Inch Suede Gel Pocket Coil Futon has a queen-sized mattress consisting of convoluted foam, cotton and polyester fiber, 15-gauge pocket coils and gel foam.  And, this mattress is covered in sueded polyester and comes in 14 different color options.

This futon measures 80 inches long, 60 inches wide and 10 inches high.

Pros:

This mattress is super comfortable, not too firm but just firm enough.

In addition, this futon, at 80 inches long, will accommodate taller individuals very comfortably.

Cons:

While it’s easy to fold down to a bed, it’s not so easy to fold up to a seating position.  You may need a second set of muscles to achieve this.

Furthermore, the mattress arrives vacuum-packed.  So, you may need a couple of days to let it expand.

In Conclusion:

If you’re not entirely set on a futon, sleeper sofas are another option to consider.  You can take a browse through these 8 comfortable and sleep-worthy picks here.

best outdoor rugs for rain

Best Outdoor Rugs for Rain, Sleet and Snow

When we began our search for the best outdoor rugs for rain, we had a few requirements that would ensure we picked out only the top rugs on the market.

And, style was first on our list of requirements in our search for the best outdoor rugs for rain.  Furthermore, because we all have different tastes and decor, we chose an assortment of rugs ranging from classic to contemporary to artistic and even a rug that replicates grass.

Once we had a style that would suit just about everyone, we focused in on durability.  Our picks for best outdoor rugs for rain had to endure high traffic in soggy conditions.

best outdoor rugs for rain

And, when it comes to soggy conditions, mildew and mold are often prevalent.  So, our final picks are all mildew and mold resistant.

Finally, and of course, logically, our final picks are all made to handle rain, snow and sleet.  And not only these blistering weather patterns, but a good cleaning with the hose, also.

So, after extensive research and reviewing satisfied and dissatisfied consumer responses, we narrowed our list down to 8 of the most stylish and highly-regarded outdoor rugs that will endure the most treacherous of weather conditions.

 

Best Outdoor Rugs for Rain

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Oriental Weavers Karavia Outdoor Rug
Oriental Weavers
Karavia Outdoor Rug
100% Polypropylene
UV Protection
Mildew/Mold Resistant
Color/Design Options
Runner Option
Round Option
1'9" x 3'9"
2'5" x 4'5"
2'25" x 7'5"
3'7" x 5'6"
5'3" x 7'6"
6'7" x 9'6"
7'10" x 7'10"
8'6" x 13'
Gertmenian Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug
Gertmenian
Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug
100% Polypropylene
UV Protection
Mildew/Mold Resistant
Color/Design Options
5'1/4" x 7'5"
8' x 10'
9' x 13'
Safavieh Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug
Safavieh
Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug
100% Polypropylene
Mildew/Mold Resistant
Color/Design Options
2'3" x 12'
5'3" x 7'7"
6'7" x 6'7"
Liora Manne Whimsy Beach Boards Indoor/Outdoor Rug
Liora Manne
Whimsy Beach Boards Indoor/Outdoor Rug
100% Polypropylene
UV Protection
Color/Design Options
5' x 7'6"
20" x 30"
24" x 36"
27" x 72"
30" x 48"
42" x 56"
Nuloom Machine Made Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug
Nuloom
Machine Made Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug
100% Polypropylene
Mildew/Mold Resistant
Color/Design Options
8'6" x 13'
RRI Home Decor Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug
RRI Home Decor
Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug
65% Polypropylene
35% Nylon
UV Protection
Mildew/Mold Resistant
Color Options
2' x 3'
2' x 4'
3' x 5'
4' x 6'
5' x 8'
7' x 9'
8' x 11'
10' x 13'
iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug in Green Artificial Grass
iCustomRug
Outdoor Turf Rug in Green Artificial Grass
100% Synthetic Material
Marine Backing
UV Resistant
5'6" x 6' - 20'
8' x 20'
11'9" x 4' - 26'
Nourison Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug
Nourison
Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug
100% Polypropylene
Machine Washable
Stain-Resistant
Color/Design Options
2'8 x 4'
3'6" x 5'6"
5'3" x 7'5"
7'10" x 10'6"
9'6" x 13"

 

Best Outdoor Rugs for Rain

 

Oriental Weavers Karavia Outdoor Rug

Oriental Weavers Karavia Outdoor Rug

First up for best outdoor rugs for rain is a neutral-colored rug that will compliment just about any decor.

The Oriental Weavers Karavia Outdoor Rug is made of 100% polypropylene and is berber-weaved which makes it ultra durable.

In addition, berber-style carpets are usually easier to maintain than normal-style carpets.  And this is because spills and dirt tend to sit on top of the carpet rather than seep through.  So, in order to care for this rug, all you need to do is use a mild soap and wipe it down with a damp cloth.

The Oriental Weavers Karavia Outdoor Rug is mold and mildew resistant.  It also offers UV protection to prevent fading from the sun and other weather elements.

This outdoor rug comes in 14 different sizes, so you should be able to find a rug that fits like a glove.  Furthermore, it also comes in a round and runner size.

Pros:

Because this rug is made with a berber-style weave, this will help prevent dirt and debri from seeping through.  And, this makes it easy to clean and maintain.

Additionally, it literally comes in just about every size imaginable.  So, there’s no need to put in a special order to fit the dimensions you’re working with. 

Cons:

This rug may slip and slide, especially in wet weather conditions.  The good news is, they make outdoor rug pads for scenarios such as this.  You can find a quality outdoor rug pad here.

 

Gertmenian Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug

Gertmenian Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug

This is another pick that incorporates earth-toned colors.  And with this outdoor rug, you get your choice of 6 different neutral color and design combinations.  Choose between:  Angora Grey, Golden Brown, Nut Brown, Beige, Chestnut and Raven Dot Brown.

The Gertmenian Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug is made of 100% polyproplylene cabled yarn, woven in an ultra-thin belgian-style of weave.  

It is resitant to mildew, mold and stains and is antimicrobial.  It is also easy to clean and care for, simply hose it off and let it air dry.

Additionally, this all-weather outdoor rug is UV-stabilized.  This makes it resistant to fading from the the sun and harsh weather conditions.

The Germenian Brown Jordan Prime Label Patio Furniture Rug comes in your choice of sizes:  5 feet .25 inches x 7 feet 5 inches, 8 feet x 10 feet and 9 feet x 13 feet.

Pros:

This rug is extremely durable and easy to clean.

Furthermore, this is a high-quality rug with many consumers raving about how beautiful it looks and how durable it is.

Cons:

If you’re looking for a soft outdoor rug, this isn’t your best option as it is a little rough to the touch.  However, the plus side is, because of the material, this rug handles harsh weather elements and cleans up very nicely.

 

Safavieh Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug

Safavieh Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug

This option for best outdoor rugs for rain is a traditional-style rug that can go with just about every decor.  And, it also comes in countless patterns which you can check out here.

The Safavieh Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug consists of power-loomed construction with high-quality polypropylene pile fiber.  This polypropylene pile fiber is the softest you can get on the market, so in terms of outdoor rugs, this rug is relatively soft and extremely durable.

This outdoor rug has a pile height of .25 inches and is mildew and mold resistant.  In addition, it is anti-microbial and stain-resistant.  To clean, simply hose it down and air dry.

The Safavieh Courtyard Collection CY8680-37221 Indoor/Outdoor Area Rug comes in 3 different sizes:  2 feet 3 inches x 12 feet, 5 feet 3 inches x 7 feet 7 inches and 6 feet 7 inches by 6 feet 7 inches.

Pros:

As far as polypropylene goes, this is the softest outdoor rug you will find made out of this material.

This rug comes in many different patterns, which makes choosing a rug to go with your decor all that much more fun.  

Cons:

It only comes in 3 different sizes so this rug may or may not fit the space you’re working with.

Even though it’s made with the softest polypropylene available, it is still a little on the rough side.  Unfortunately, this is the norm with all-weather rugs.

 

Liora Manne Whimsy Beach Boards Indoor/Outdoor Rug

Liora Manne Whimsy Beach Boards Indoor/Outdoor Rug

This handmade outdoor rug is perfect for those residing by the beach or the lake.  And, if you’re not feeling the surfboards, Liora Manne has many other “by the sea” designs to choose from.  You can take a scroll through those here.

The Liora Manne Whimsy Beach Boards Indoor/Outdoor Rug is made of 100% polypropylene.  It is constructed with a tight weave to limit the amount of dirt and debris that may try to seep through.

This outdoor rug is UV-resistant which will protect it from fading in the sun and weather elements.

The Liora Manne Indoor/Outdoor Rug comes in your choice of sizes:  5 feet x 7 feet 6 inches, 20 inches x 30 inches, 24 inches x 36 inches, 27 inches x 72 inches, 30 inches x 48 inches and 42 inches x 56 inches.

Pros:

This is a well-made rug with a tight weave which will limit dirt from being trapped inside.  In addition, this tight weave makes it easy to clean and care for.

Cons:

While this is an outdoor rug, it is not meant for heavy rain or other harsh weather elements.  It can endure some, but to keep its longevity, it is best to limit the exposure.

 

Nuloom Machine Made Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug

Nuloom Machine Made Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug

This is an elegant option for withstanding less than elegant conditions.

The Nuloom Machine Made Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug is made of 100% polypropylene.  It is constructed with a tight weave to help prevent dirt and debris from becoming lodged within the carpet.  To clean, simply spot clean with water and a mild detergent.

This outdoor rug comes in many different colors and patterns and you can check out those colors and patterns here.

And with this particular rug, it only comes in one size:  8 feet 6 inches x 13 feet.

Pros:

The Nuloom Kathleen Outdoor Krem Rug is strong and sturdy and it is able to withstand strong winds without blowing around.

Cons:

Although this is an outdoor rug and can endure high-traffic, we wouldn’t recommend leaving it out in harsh weather conditions.

Furthermore, this rug doesn’t come with backing and may have a tendency to slide.  However, you can find a quality outdoor rug pad here.

 

RRI Home Decor Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug

RRI Home Decor Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug

This pick for best outdoor rugs for rain essentially has it’s own drainage system.  It is designed so the water drains through the fibers without soaking through.  In addition, since water drains right through this rug, it dries quickly and is resistant to mold and mildew.

The RRI Home Decor Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug is constructed of 65% soft polypropylene yarns and 35% nylon.  It is UV resistant which will help preserve the color and keep it from fading due to sun exposure and harsh weather elements.

This indoor/outdoor rug essentially has two lives.  When one side becomes worn, it is reversible.  So, you can simply flip it over for a fresh start.

The RRI Home Decor Sonya Indoor/Outdoor Oval Reversible Braided Rug comes in your choice of 6 different colors:  Brown Mulitcolor, Burgundy Multicolor, Denim Multicolor, Graphite Multicolor, Moss Multicolor and Sand Multicolor.  And, it also comes in 8 different sizes, so the chances you will find a rug to fit in your space is pretty high.

Pros:

This rug works well in all weather conditions.

Furthermore, when one side has had a little too much fun, you can turn it over for a fresh start.

Cons:

A couple of consumers have stated that it snags and pills easily.  However, most consumers seem happy with the quality.

 

iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug in Green Artificial Grass

iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug in Green Artificial Grass

This pick for best outdoor rugs for rain is a rather fun one.  It is made with 100% synthetic materials to replicate grass.

The iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug is a low-weight, low-pile rug with marine backing.  It features finished edges which will prevent the rug from fraying.

This outdoor rug for rain, sleet and snow is rain-resistant.  The rain drains through the rug, allowing the rug to dry quickly.  In addition, it is UV-stabilized, which makes it resistant to fading due to the sun or other weather elements.   

The iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug is easy to install, simply roll it out and leave it.  Additionally, it can be staked into the ground to ensure it stays put.

And, this rug is just as easy to clean as it is to install.  Just hose it off and let dry.

This rug comes in your choice of sizes:  5 feet 6 inches x 6 feet – 20 feet, 8 feet x 20 feet, 11 feet 9 inches x 4 feet – 26 feet.

Pros:

This rug is durable and will handle harsh weather conditions.

Furthermore, it has finished edges which gives it a completed look.

Cons:

The iCustomRug Outdoor Turf Rug may shift and move with the wind.  It’s best to keep it staked into the ground or use under calm conditions.

Additionally, some consumers have complained about the synthetic smell of this turf.  However, given enough time, this rug will air out and will eventually have a neutral scent to it.

 

Nourison Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug

Nourison Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug

Our final pick for best outdoor rugs for rain is an all-weather, stain-resistant, machine washable rug that will endure any weather condition.

The Nourison Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug is made with 100% high quality, soft polypropylene.  It is a flat woven rug with a high-low weave which gives it dimension and texture.

This outdoor rug is easy to care for.  Not only is it machine washable, but you can simply spray it down with a hose and let air dry.  And, like we mentioned previously, it is stain-resistant.

The Nourison Outdoor Rug comes in a ton of different colors and patterns for you to choose from.  And, you can take a look at those here.

Finally, the Nourison Aloha Multicolor Rectangle Area Rug comes in your choice of sizes:  2 feet 8 inches x 4 feet, 3 feet 6 inches x 5 feet 6 inches, 5 feet 3 inches x 7 feet 5 inches, 7 feet 10 inches x 10 feet 6 inches and 9 feet 6 inches x 13 feet.

Pros:

This rug is stain-resistant and machine washable.  And, this is great for when using in high traffic areas.

Additionally, it is textured with a high-low weave, which makes for a beautiful, contrasting design element.

Cons:

A couple of consumers have complained that the color faded after being left outside.  So, you may consider using this rug under a covered porch.

7 Best TV Stands and Credenzas

If you’re looking for the best TV stand, we found 7 of the best TV stands and credenzas that will work in just about every space.  These picks are tastefully modern with a mid-century flair.  And, regardless of what type of decor you’re working with, this combination tends to flow with just about everything.

Style, along with quality, are the most important aspects when choosing a TV stand.  Once you have chosen a TV stand based on style and quality, it’s time to focus on functionality.  And there are a few things to consider, in terms of functionality, when shopping for the best TV stands to fit your needs.

However, if you already know what you’re looking for in terms of functionality, you can skip down to our picks for the best TV stands and credenzas.  If you’re unsure as to what you need, keeping reading to get some information from our buying guide below.

best tv stands

Best TV Stands and Credenzas Buying Guide

Like we stated previously, style and quality are two of the most important aspects when choosing a TV stand.  Next comes functionality.  And this is especially important because you are going to want to make sure the TV stand you pick works for you, not the other way around.

So, when it comes to functionality, here are a few things to consider:

Does the TV stand fit your TV?

You would think this particular question goes without saying.  But, you would be surprised at how often this is overlooked.  Therefore, before hitting that buy button, make sure your TV is going to fit and the unit you choose is going to handle the weight of your TV.  Additionally, make sure the edge of your TV isn’t going to seep off the sides of the TV stand.  This is a huge decor faux pas.    

In the same token, make sure the measurements of the TV stand are going to fit in the space you’re working with.

How much room do you need to store your media components?

When it comes to electronics, some of us are more minimal while others of us are maniacs.  And, when choosing the best TV stand, you will want to make sure there will be enough room to accommodate the extras.  Some of the extras include:  modem, DVD Player, Xbox, Wii, Apple TV, Blu-ray and speakers…just to name a few.

So, keep in mind the more electronics you have, the more storage space you’re going to need.  In addition, the more electronics you have, the more pass-through holes you’re going to need to accommodate the wires.

And, if you’re working with an elaborate system, you will want to choose a TV stand that will tailor to your needs.  In this scenario, you will want to look for TV stand with features like adjustable shelving to accommodate what you have to work with.

What type of bonus features are you looking for?

Do you need extra drawers or cabinets to store DVDs and remote controls?  How about some slide-out shelving?  Or removable backing for easy access to your components and wires?

Once you have your needs and your wants figured out, from here on out, choosing the best TV stand will be a cinch.  And, you can start by checking out our top 7 picks for best TV stands and Credenzas.

Best TV Stands and Credenzas

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Pamari 299214 Rivara TV Stand
Pamari
299214 Rivara TV Stand
Wood Construction
Optional Fireplace
Adjustable Shelving
Cupboards
Pass-Through Holes
54" x 6.9" x 26"
BDI Vertica 8559 Low Media Cabinet
BDI Furniture
Vertica 8559 Low Media Cabinet
Wood Construction
Adjustable Shelving
Sliding Panels
Ventilation
Pass-Through Hole
79" x 22.25" x 20"
Pamari 299030 Rosalina Two-Tone TV Stand
Pamari
299030 Rosalina Two-Tone TV Stand
Wood/Particle Construction
Adjustable Shelving
Sliding Door
Pass-Through Holes
Color/Style Options
47.4" x 17.4" x 24"
Belham Living Carter Mid Century Modern TV Stand
Belham Living Carter Mid Century Modern TV Stand
Poplar Construction
Drawers
Pass-Through Holes
59" x 19" x 20"
Pamari 299092 Brevenna TV Stand
Pamari
299092 Brevenna TV Stand
Wood/Particle Construction
Adjustable Shelving
Sliding Door
Pass-Through Holes
54" x 16.8" x 24"
Simpli Home Harper TV Media Stand
Simpli Home
Harper TV Media Stand
Rubberwood Construction
Drawers
Pass-Through Holes
60" x 19" x 22"
Sonorous Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand
Sonorous
Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand
MDF/Glass Construction
IR Repeater System
Hidden Compartments
Touch-Access Door
Sliding Rear Access
Castors
43.34" x 17.73" x 17.34"

 

Best TV Stands and Credenzas

Pamari 299214 Rivara TV Stand

1#.  Pamari 299214 Rivara TV Stand

Our first pick for best TV stand can accommodate flat screen TVs measuring up to 60 inches wide.  Additionally, it will accommodate a weight of 75 lbs.

And, perhaps the best aspect of this TV stand is you can order it with or without a fireplace.  This fireplace is electric and can provide heating for up to 400 square feet of space.  Additionally, this fireplace is cool-touch to protect the little ones and our pets.

The Pamari 299214 Rivera TV Stand measures 54 inches long, 16.9 inches wide and 26 inches tall.  It is constructed with solid wood with a mahogany cherry finish.

This TV stand features adjustable shelving along with two cupboards to store electronics.  Furthermore, there are a number of pass-through holes to keep wires organized and out of sight.  These pass-through holes provide ventilation to help prevent the electronics from overheating.

Pros:

The option of having a TV stand and fireplace built into one?  Need we say more?

Cons:

Consumers have reported having difficulties with the assembly and have found the manual to be complicated.  Patience is advised.

 

BDI Furniture Vertica 8559 Low Media Cabinet

#2.  BDI Furniture Vertica 8559 Low Media Cabinet

Out of all of our picks for best TV stands, this one is the best option for someone working with a complex media system.  The BDI Furniture Vertical 8559 Low Media Cabinet comes with adjustable shelving that can be arranged to fit just about any system.  These shelves allow for 1.25 inch increment adjustments and sit on rubber-coated steel pins to minimize vibration.

The back of this media cabinet is removable for easy maintenance and set up.  In addition, the back panels slide for easy access.  These panels can also be removed to accommodate over-sized system components.  

The BDI Furniture Vertical 8559 Low Media Cabinet features flow-through ventilation slots to keep your components from over-heating – which can cause permanent damage to your equipment.

This media cabinet is 79 inches wide, 22.25 inches tall and 20 inches deep.  And because it is made of solid wood, it carries a weight of 164 lbs.

Pros:

The BDI Furniture Vertical 8559 Media Cabinet is extremely functional and can cater to just about any system setup out there.  It is also durable with quality construction.

Furthermore, assembly for this TV stand is quick and easy.

Cons:

This media cabinet runs quite large and may be too big for smaller spaces or smaller media systems.

 

Pamari 299030 Rosalina Two-Tone TV Stand

#3.  Pamari 299030 Rosalina Two-Tone TV Stand

This pick for best TV stand and credenza will accommodate most flat screen TVs measuring up to 55 inches and weighing up to 45 lbs.  The Pamari 299030 Rosalina Two-Tone TV Stand measures 47.4 inches long, 17.4 inches deep and 24 inches tall.

This TV stand features 4 adjustable shelves with a single sliding door to hide media components.  And, to mix things up in the decor department, 2 of these shelves are white and the other 2 are a Wakefield Oak.  These shelves match seamlessly with the outer two-tone high gloss and the Wakefield oak sliding door.

Additionally, this TV stand comes with black powder coated metal legs with hardware to match.

The Pamari 299030 Rosalina TV Stand comes with 6 pass through holes.  These holes will help route the wires and cables while ensuring air-flow to prevent the electronics from overheating.

Pros:

This is a space-saving option for those that have limited room to work with.

Also, this TV stand is relatively easy to assemble.

Cons:

While it fits a 55 inch TV, the TV may hang off the edges a bit.  This could create an awkward look.

Additionally, the backing of this TV stand is made of flimsy, particle-type board. 

 

Belham Living Carter Mid Century Modern TV Stand

#4.  Belham Living Carter Mid Century Modern TV Stand

The Belham Living Carter TV Stand is great for those who have a minimal amount of media equipment to work with.  In addition, because this TV stand has two drawers, it’s great for those who are looking to store DVDs, wires or remotes.

This mid-century designed TV Stand is made of poplar with a birch veneer and walnut finish.  It’s elegantly finish with rounded edges, tapered legs and notched drawers.

The Belham Living Carter Mid Century Modern TV Stand has a large pass-through hole in the middle compartment.  This will keep the cords manageable while allowing airflow to keep the media equipment cool.

Finally, this TV stand measures 59 inches long, 19 inches wide and 20 inches tall.

Pros:

This TV stand is timeless and elegant.  It is also sturdy and well-constructed.

Cons:

A couple of customers have complained that one of the drawers sticks.  Otherwise, they seem relatively happy overall.

 

Pamari 299092 Brevenna TV Stand

#5.  Pamari 299092 Brevenna TV Stand

The Pamari 299092 Brevenna TV Stand will accommodate a flat screen TV measuring up to 60 inches and weighing up to 75 lbs.  In addition, to make sure this going to work for your space, this TV stand measures 54 inches long, 16.8 inches deep and 24 inches tall.

The Pamari TV Stand features 2 large open shelves for storing media component with a sliding door that runs across the unit.  Behind the sliding door is two smaller shelves to store smaller components or items such as DVDs or remotes.  All 4 of these shelves are adjustable to cater to your system setup.  

This TV stand has pass-through holes for wire management and for ventilation to keep your media components cool.

The Pamari 299092 Brevenna TV Stand features tapered legs with a mahogany wood grain finish.  Additionally, this TV stand comes with metal hardware.

Pros:

The assembly is fairly easy and the manual offers step-by-step instructions.

Another aspect we like about this TV stand is the quality and durability.

Cons:

Some consumers have stated they were missing instructions upon delivery.

 

Simpli Home Harper TV Media Stand

#6.  Simpli Home Harper TV Media Stand

Out of all of our picks for best TV stands, this one has the most amount of drawers for those who are looking to store a large DVD collection or other media items.  These drawers are exquisitely designed with notched handles for seamless opening and closing.  

In addition, the Simpli Home Harper TV Media Stand features 2 open media compartments for components like a DVD player and cable modem.  These compartments come with pass-through holes to keep the wires organized and out of sight.  And, these holes allow ventilation to keep the equipment cool.

This hand-crafted and hand-finished TV stand is made with solid rubberwood and finished with a walnut brown stain.

Finally, the Simpli Home Harper TV Media Stand measures 60 inches long, 19 inches deep and 22 tall.

Pros:

Because this TV stand is made out of solid wood, it’s going to be a durable and lasting piece of furniture.

Additionally, since it has 3 drawers, it’s a great pick for someone looking for a lot of extra storage space.  

Cons:

If you’re looking for a compartment for your speakers, the 2 open media compartments may or may not work for you.

 

Sonorous Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand

#7.  Sonorous Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand

This last pick on our best TV stands and credenzas list is a modern, high-tech and minimalist unit.

The Sonorous Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand features state of the art technology so you can control your components without even opening the doors.  This technology, known as an IR repeater system, works by sending electrical signals for distribution.  And, this IR repeater system will work with all remote controls.

This TV stand is suitable for screens up to 65 inches.  It measures 43.34 inches long, 17.73 inches deep and 17.34 inches tall.  It comes with 4 inner compartments to store media components and easy access in the rear for setup and connectivity.

In addition, to gain access to the inner compartments, all it takes a light push with your fingertips and you’re in.  

The Sonorous Studio ST-110B Wood and Glass TV Stand is made of the highest grade MDF and glass.  And, it features hidden castors in each leg for easy maneuvering.

Lastly, with this pick for best TV stand, you have your choice of 3 color combinations:  White with a Black Wood Cover, White with a Walnut Wood Cover and White with a White Wood Cover.

Pros:

The hidden compartment is a great feature for those who like to keep things to a minimum, at least appearance-wise.  In addition, because the compartments are hidden, this will reduce the amount of dust and debris and will, ultimately, reduce cleaning time.

Cons:

It is made with MDF.  However, some people may prefer MDF as it is lighter.  To determine if you should go a TV stand made with MDF vs. wood, here’s a great guide that can help you.

best under counter wine cooler

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

Narrowing down the best under counter wine cooler is next to impossible.  Everyone has different needs and different dimensions to work with.  And, everyone has a different idea as to how much wine is necessary to keep their sanity is tact.

However, the good news is, we have narrowed down the best under counter wine coolers in nearly every dimension and every bottle capacity. 

And, in order to make your purchasing experience easier, our buying guide below will help you figure out exactly what you need to know before hitting that buy button.

But, if you already know exactly what you need, you can skip the buying guide and scroll on down to our picks for the best under counter wine coolers.

best under counter wine cooler

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge Buying Guide

How much wine are you looking to store?

Not only does this question need to be answered, but also, how much undercounter space do you have for a wine cooler? 

And, these are the most important questions you’re going to answer in order to get you well on your way to purchasing the best under counter wine cooler for you.

Under counter wine coolers typically store a range of  7 bottles to 75 bottles of wine.  They come in a standard height of roughly 32 inches to 35 inches, which will fit under most counter tops.

The only aspect that really changes with each size of the different undercounter wine coolers is the width.  And, the more wine you’re looking to store, the wider the wine cooler will be.

Should you go with thermoelectric cooling or compressor cooling?

The next question you’re going to want to ask yourself is which cooling system will be the best for you.

Thermoelectric cooling is typically used in smaller units, is low-decibel, energy-efficient and is extremely quiet.

Compressor cooling is typically used for larger units as it has the capability to cool large amounts of wine at once.  It uses quite a bit of energy and is louder than thermoelectric cooling.  

Choosing between these two cooling systems usually depends on the size of the unit.  If you’re going for a small unit, thermoelectric cooling will be your best bet.  If you’re going for a larger unit, compressor cooling will be your best bet.

However, regardless of the size of the unit, a compressor cooling system is the best option to keep your wine at the optimal temperature.

Do you need dual temperature zones?

Dual temperature zones are a great way to keep red, white, and sparkling wines at their optimal temperature.  And this is so you can enjoy them at their best:  aromatic and flavorful.

Typically, under counter wine coolers come with a single temperature zone.  However, if you’re looking for a larger unit, the more likely you will run into a cooler with dual temperature zones.  And, a dual temperature zone wine cooler is the most preferred amongst wine connoisseurs.

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

So, by now you should have an idea of what you need to satisfy your taste for wine.  And, below, we have detailed the top selling and top rated wine coolers on the market.  Take a trip through and see if one checks off  your wants and your needs.

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Kalamera 24" Wine Cooler
Kalamera
24" Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Triple-Layered Glass Door
LED Touch Control
Sliding Drawers
Reversible Door
Security Lock
Interior Blue LED Light
18 Bottle
22.4" x 33.9" x 11.6"

54 Bottle
23.4" x 33" x 22.4

66 Bottle
30.5" x 33.9" x 22.4"
Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler
Avallon
AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Dual Zone Temperature
Dual Circulation Fans
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Front Ventilation
Carbon Filtration
Security Lock
Interior Blue LED Light
42 Bottle
34.5" x 23.9" x 23.7"
EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler
EdgeStar
CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Internal Fan
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Auto Defrost
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
30 Bottle
32" x 15" x 23.75"
NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler
NewAir
AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Dual Zone Temperature
Adjustable Thermostat
Sliding Drawers
Double-Paned Glass
Safety Lock
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
29 Bottle
33.75" x 14.88" x 22.5"
EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler
EdgeStar
CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler
Compressor Cooling
Single Zone Temperature
Digital Control Panel
Sliding Drawers
Adjustable Shelves
Double-Paned Glass
Safety Lock
UV Protection
Interior Blue LED Light
7 Bottle
34.38" x 5.88" x 18.63"

 

Best Under Counter Wine Cooler and Fridge

 

Kalamera 24" Wine Cooler

#1.  Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler

Our first pick for best under counter wine cooler is a 54 bottle capacity cooler.  This cooler measures 23.4 inches wide, 33 inches tall and 22.4 inches deep.  The suggested built-in dimensions are 23.8 inches wide, 33.2 inches tall and 22.4 inches deep.

And, for those looking for a smaller or larger unit, this pick for best under counter wine cooler also comes in a 18 or 66 bottle unit.

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler features a triple-layered, tempered glass door.  The triple-layered, tempered glass will help stabilize temperature levels.  It will also preventing fog from clouding up the glass.

This wine cooler has a compressor cooling system which helps keep this large capacity wine cooler at an even temperature.  However, even though it has compressor cooling, this wine cooler offers a quietness and a low vibration rarely seen with compression cooling.

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler has a single zone temperature control which is controlled by a one-touch control LED display.  This one-touch control will allow you to set the temperature between 40 and 66 degrees Fahrenheit.

This unit has 6 sliding beech wooden shelves for easy access.  Each shelf holds a maximum of 8 regular sized wine bottles.

Other features of the Kalamera 24″ Wine cooler include a security lock, a reversible door and a blue interior LED light.

Pros:

The Kalamera 24″ Wine Cooler is surprisingly quiet for having a compressor cooling system.  And, since it is quiet and has low vibration, this will help maintain the delicate balance of the wine. 

Cons:

The shelves aren’t designed to fit champagnes bottles.  You can still store champagne bottles but it’s a bit on the awkward side.

 

 

Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24" Dual Zone Wine Cooler

#2.  Avallon AWC241FD 42 Bottle 24″ Dual Zone Wine Cooler

This pick for best wine cooler is a 42 bottle capacity cooler.  It measures 34.5 inches tall, 23.9 inches wide and 23.7 inches deep.

The Avallon AWC241FC Wine Cooler offers dual temperature zones.  Both the right and the left zones offers a temperature range of 40 to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.  These zones are easily and convienently adjustable via digital controls.

And, with high-efficiency compressor cooling, along with 2 dual internal circulation fans, this wine cooler will keep wine at a consistent temperature for optimal flavor and preservation.  

This under counter wine cooler features french doors and 12 wooden roll-out shelves for easy access.  Furthermore, it has an interior bottom which is scalloped to hold additional bottles.

The Avallon AWC241FD Dual Zone Wine Cooler offers interior LED lighting, double-paned glass, security locks, front ventilation and carbon filtration to prevent unwanted guests such as odors and debris.

Pros:

The double doors on this unit give this pick for best under counter wine cooler a more upscale look.  Additionally, with compressor cooling and the 2 dual circulation fans, the temperature will stay consistent to ensure the best tasting wine possible.

Cons:

The shelves are not designed to hold standard-sized champagne bottles.  However, you can either remove a shelf or place the champagne bottles below on the interior bottom.

  

EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler

#3.  EdgeStar CWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler

This under counter wine cooler can also be used as a freestanding cooler.  And, since this wine cooler is on the slimmer side, it is a great option for those who have limited space to work with.

The EdgeStar CWR301SZ Wine Cooler measures 32 inches tall, 15 inches wide, 23.75 inches deep.  And, it is capable of storing up to 30 regular-sized bottles of wine.

This wine cooler features 6 full-sized, slide-out, wood-trimmed wire shelves.  And, each of the 6 full-sized shelves will hold 4 regular-sized bottles of wine.  It also has an additional upper shelf that will hold 1 bottle of wine.

The EdgeStar Built-In Wine Cooler has a compressor cooling system with an internal fan.  This fan will help to distribute and circulate the air, ensuring a constant temperature.  In addition, this unit comes with automatic defrost and a built-in carbon filter.

This wine cooler offers touch control with a digital display to easily and convienently adjust the temperature within a range of 40 to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.

Other features of the EdgeStarCWR301SZ 15 Inch Built-In Wine Cooler include blue interior LED lighting, reversible double-paned glass door, rubber bushing to absorb vibration and noise, and black dotted door tinting to prevent UV rays from tainting the wine.

Pros:

This unit is perfectly sized to replace old appliances like trash compactors and it’s easy to install.

Cons:

The racks are rather narrow which can be burdonsome with larger bottles.  Additionally, some customers have complained that this unit is a bit noisy for how small it is.

 

 

NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler

#4.  NewAir AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler

This under counter wine cooler is not only compact, but it features dual temperature zones – something rarely found in compact units.  And, like we previously stated in our buying guide, dual temperature zones are a preferred method to keep white, red and sparkling wines at their optimal temperature.

The upper unit of this dual temperature zone is designed for white wines and allows you to keep the temperature between 40 to 50 degrees Fahrenheit.  The lower unit of this dual temperature zone is designed for red wines and allows you to keep the temperature between 50 to 66 degrees Fahrenheit.  And, these temperatures are controlled easily and convienently by an adjustable thermostat.

Furthermore, this under counter wine cooler uses a compressor cooling system to keep the wine chilled and kept at a consistent temperature.   

The NewAir AWR-290DB Compact Wine Cooler measures 33.75 inches tall, 14.88 inches wide and 22.5 inches deep.  It is capable of holding 29 bottles of wine on 5 sliding, adjustable beech wood shelves.

Additional features of this under counter wine cooler include interior blue lighting, double-paned glass door with UV protection, reversible door to cater to the space you’re working with and a safety lock to keep your wine safe.

Pros:

The New Air AWR-290DB Compact 29 Bottle Compressor Wine Cooler has minimal vibration for reduced noise.  This will also help to keep the wine at a more preserved state.

Furthermore, this wine cooler has adjustable shelves which is convienent when storing larger bottles of wine.

Cons:

Some customers have stated this unit is a bit noisy.  Also, some customers have said it is difficult to fit 29 bottles of wine in this unit, with some stating they can fit half that amount.

 

 

EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler

#5.  EdgeStar CWR70SZ 6-Inch 7 Bottle Built-In Wine Cooler

Our last pick for best under counter wine cooler is for those with either very minimal space or for those that just like the occasional bottle of wine.

The EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler will hold 7 bottles of wine in a space measuring 34.38 inches tall, 5.88 inches wide and 18.63 inches deep.

This under counter wine cooler has a high-efficiency compressor cooling system with a circulation fan to keep the interior evenly cooled.  The temperature is adjustable via the digital-touch control panel.  This control panel allows for a temperature range of 40 degrees to 65 degrees Fahrenheit.  And, this digital-touch control panel also allows you to turn the blue interior lighting on or off.

Other features of the EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler include a stainless steel frame and door handle, reversible door and UV resistant glass.

Pros:

This unit is great for small spaces.  Also, it is extremely quiet for having a compressor cooling system.

Cons:

The EdgeStar CWR70SZ Built-In Wine Cooler will fit regular sized bottles of wine perfectly but not so much the larger-sized bottles.  In order to combat this issue, you can remove a shelf.  However, that will reduce the number of wine bottles you can fit in this cooler.

best folding bed

Best Folding Bed for a Comfortable Night’s Sleep

Are you expecting a house guest and you need a make-shift place for them to sleep?  Are you interested in finding the best folding bed on the market?

If you answered yes to either of these questions, you are going to want to keep reading…

Folding beds are a no-hassle way to accomodate guests.  They can be set up in a matter of minutes and store away just as quickly and easily.

And, contrary to popular belief, there are folding beds that are comfortable.  Therefore, when you have a special guest staying over, you can accomodate them with amenities that will have them coming back for more.

So, what’s the alternative to a folding bed?  You can go with a futon if you have the space for it or you can go with an air mattress.  However, from personal experience, an air mattress is probably the least desirable option.

And when weighing these options, the folding bed seems like the most practical solution for most of us.

best folding bed  

So, if you’re sold on finding the best folding bed, we already found it.  In fact, we found 6 of the best folding beds on the market.

When searching for the best folding bed, we based our findings on the following qualities our guest would find most desirable in a folding bed:

  • Comfort 
  • Durability
  • Quality Materials

And, we also added a couple of aspects that we would find desirable in the best folding bed:

  • Ease of use
  • Space-Saving

Once we determined the best 6 folding beds on the market that checked off our list, we scoured through user reviews and ranked these beds in accordance to customer satisfaction.

So, without further ado, ranked from the best folding bed to the next best and to the next best…drumroll please…  

 

Best Folding Bed

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Zinus Memory Foam Resort Folding Guest Bed with Wheels
Zinus
Memory Foam Resort Folding Guest Bed with Wheels
Steel Frame
Memory Foam Mattress
Wheels
Hook Closure
75" x 30" x 15"
Milliard Premium Folding Bed with Luxurious Memory Foam Mattress
Milliard
Premium Folding Bed with Luxurious Memory Foam Mattress
Steel Frame
Memory Foam Mattress
Wheels
Hook Closure
Removable Mattress Cover
75" x 31.5" x 16"
Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed with Memory Foam Mattress
Lucid
Rollaway Guest Bed with Memory Foam Mattress
Steel Frame
Memory Foam Mattress
Wheels
Hook Closure
Removable Mattress Cover
Wheel Safety Locks
Size Options
74" x 31" x 16"
74" x 36" x 16"
78" x 36" x 16"
Milliard Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed
Milliard
Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed
Foam Mattress
Sofa/Bed Combo
78" x 38" x 4.5"
Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed with Airflow Mattress
Jay-Be Saver
Folding Bed with Airflow Mattress
Metal Frame
Airflow Mattress
Wheels
Size Options
73" x 27.5" x 15"
73.2" x 48" x 13.4"
Coleman Airbed Cot
Coleman
Airbed Cot
Steel Frame
Airbed
4D Battery Pump
Double Lock Valve
Side Table/Cup Holder
Carrying Case
74" x 40" x 23.5"

 

Best Folding Bed

Zinus Memory Foam Resort Folding Guest Bed with Wheels

#1.  Zinus Memory Foam Resort Folding Guest Bed with Wheels

Our #1 pick recieves the honor for best folding bed because of how sturdy and comfortable this bed looks and feels.  And, since it doesn’t look like a folding bed, but rather a real bed, your guest may not even know the difference.

The Zinus Memory Foam Resort Folding Guest Bed with Wheels features a 4-inch mattress with a 1-inch layer of memory foam, 2-inches of comfort foam and 1-inch of high-density foam for support.  And, with these layers of foam, this mattress is going to offer a medium-soft type of support that will cater to just about every mattress connoisseur out there.  

The Zinus Memory Foam Guest Bed has a foldable frame which is made of solid steel.  In addition, it comes with a hook to keep the bed closed securely when folding for storage.

Finally, at 75 inches long, 30 inches wide and 15 inches high, this folding bed is best described as a narrow, twin-sized folding bed.

Pros:

Like we mentioned previously, this bed looks and feels like the real deal.  It is comfortable and offers plenty of support, while still maintaining a softness required for a peaceful night’s rest.  

Furthermore, this folding bed has style rarely seen with any other folding bed.

Cons:

The Zinus Memory Foam Guest Bed is a narrow twin-sized folding bed.  This works great for storage, however, not so great if your guest requires more room.

 

Milliard Premium Folding Bed with Luxurious Memory Foam Mattress

#2.  Milliard Premium Folding Bed with Luxurious Memory Foam Mattress

This pick for best folding bed is for those that need a heavy-duty option to accommodate guests.

This folding bed features a metal frame which is constructed of high quality steel tubing with double-reinforced stabilizer bars.  This construction, along with 32 carbon steel springs, allows for a maximum weight of 300 lbs.  Therefore, this makes the Milliard Premium Folding Bed one of the sturdiest folding beds on our list.  

This folding bed comes with a 2.5 lb memory foam mattress which sits on top of a trampoline-style base.  This trampoline-style base is resilient yet still offers an astounding amount of support.

In addtion, the memory foam mattress comes with an ultra-soft removable cover to protect the mattress.  This removable cover is machine washable for your convienence.  

And, if you’re thinking of a more “permanent” solution for accommodations, this guest bed offers brackets on the head and rear to attach a headboard and/or a footboard.

Finally, this Milliard Premium Folding Bed is 75 inches long, 31.5 inches wide and 16 inches tall.  When folded for storage, it is just 12 inches thick.

Pros:

Like we mentioned before, this folding, rollaway bed is one of the sturdiest beds on our list.  And, not only is it sturdy, but it offers layers of comfort, from the trampoline-style base, to the 32 carbon steel springs, to the memory foam mattress.  All around, this bed is made to last and made for comfort.

Cons:

The bed sits a bit low to the floor which can make it difficult for older guests or guests suffering from hip or back issues.  In addition, some customers have complained that the mattress slides around.  However, an easy solution for that issue is to attach a no-slip grip to the base.

 

Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed with Memory Foam Mattress

#3.  Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed with Memory Foam Mattress

The Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed is another ultra sturdy option to accomodate guests.  It features durable construction with a helically-suspended poly deck.

A helically-suspended poly deck helps to absorb impact and support body weight.  In addition, it helps to prevent the “bouncy” feel often found with less than desirable rollaway beds.

The Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed comes with a 4-inch memory foam mattress layered with 1-inch of memory foam and 3-inches of support foam.

This folding bed is easy to assemble and comes with locking wheels to keep the bed secure during storage and use.

The Lucid Rollaway Guest Bed with Memory Foam Mattress is a cot-sized folding bed.  It measures 74 inches long, 31 inches wide and is roughly 16 inches tall.  And if you’re looking for something a bit wider or longer, you also have your choice of a twin-sized or twin XL-sized folding bed.

Pros:

This rollaway bed is made with powder-coated steel which makes it durable enough to support a weight of up to 250 lbs.  And, the frame is built for strength, so longevity is another one of its strong points.

The other pro to this option is Lucid offers 3 different sizes of beds, so you can accommodate taller and wider guests by upgrading a size or two. 

Cons:

Although the memory foam mattress offers medium support, it may not provide enough support for those with back or hip issues.  And some customers have stated that it is comfortable and soft, however, it’s not all that firm.

 

Milliard Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed

#4.  Milliard Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed

This pick for best folding bed isn’t your typical rollaway bed.  However, this is a great option for those that are working with a very minimal amount of storage space.  And, as an extra bonus, this tri-fold mattress also folds up into a mini-sofa which is another space saving solution.

The Milliard Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed is made of 4.5 inches of Certified high density foam which is both supportive and comfortable.  Furthermore, this foam is enclosed by a removable and machine-washable polyester cover.

This tri-fold mattress and sofa combo is 78 inches long, 38 inches wide and 4.5 inches tall when laid flat.  The storage dimensions are 38 inches long, 29 inches wide and 14 inches tall.

Pros:

The Milliard Tri-Fold Foam Folding Mattress and Sofa Bed is extremely comfortable and sturdy.  And, satisified customers have reported high marks on the longevity and the durability of this tri-fold mattress.  In addition, for those that like a more medium-hard type of bed, this one is tailored to your needs.

And, as a major plus, this mattress can conviently store under most beds and in most closets.

Cons:

Since it has a medium-hard feel to it, not all guests are going to get the best sleep possible.  Also, although the couch is an added bonus, it isn’t the most comfortable couch to sit in.

Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed with Airflow Mattress

#5.  Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed with Airflow Mattress

This is another space-saving option for those with limited space.  And, it is so space-saving that it can even slide right under the bed as long as you have a minimum of 4.5 inches of clearance.

The Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed is constructed with a spring-base system for maximum support.  And, this sprung-base system can handle a weight of up to 264 pounds.  

In addition, this sprung-base system offers just enough flexibility to provide comfort while keeping things stable.

The Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed comes with an airflow fiber mattress which is a medium-firm support type of mattress.  It features an open cell structure which allows it to breath for maximum freshness.

Lastly, this folding bed is 73 inches long, 27.5 inches wide and 15 inches tall.  It also comes in an oversized option which measures 73.2 inches long, 48 inches wide and 13.4 inches tall.

Pros:

The Jay-Be Saver Folding Bed is extremely space-saving with some customers saying it stores better than an air mattress.

Cons:

Some customers have complained that the mattress is on the thin side and a bit uncomfortable.  However, some customers have added a mattress topper to improve the comfort level and they seem rather satisfied.

 

Coleman Airbed Cot

#6.  Coleman Airbed Cot

This pick for best folding bed is designed to work both indoors and outdoors.  And, if you’re on the fence deciding between an airbed or a folding bed, this one offers both combined.

The Coleman Airbed Cot is designed with a solid, steel frame and coil construction.  This coil construction provides ample support and durability for a comfortable snooze.  And, because of the coil construction, it’s sturdy enough to hold an astounding 300 lbs.  

This airbed is easy to set up and collapse, just inflate or deflate the airbed via the included 4D battery pump.  Once the airbed is inflated, the Airtight® System will prevent air leakage.  This Airtight® System also comes in handy when you want to maintain the desired firmness once inflated.

In addition, for added protection against leaks, this airbed come with a double lock valve.  This valve will trap in air while pumping for leak-free inflation.

And, as a bonus feature, this airbed has a side table with cup holder to conviently hold your drink and personal items while you’re resting.  

Finally, the Coleman Airbed Cot measures in at 74 inches long, 40 inches wide and 23.5 inches tall.  When folded, it fits right into a handy carry bag for easy travel and easy storage.

Pros:

This bed is taller than most folding beds at 23.5 inches tall, which makes it easier to crawl in and crawl out.  This is especially convienent for those suffering from knee, hip or back issues.

Also, many users rave about the comfort level of the airbed mattress – including users that suffer from hip and back issues.  

Cons:

The frame can unfold rather quickly and there isn’t a locking mechanism, so when opening, caution is advised.

In addition, this airbed makes quite a bit of noise when tossing or turning which can be rather disruptive.

 

Best Sofa Bed

Best Sofa Bed and Sleeper – 8 Comfortable Picks

Searching for the best sofa bed and sleeper on the internet isn’t the most ideal situation.  Most likely, you would prefer to see them in person, test them, jump on them and see with your own eyes if they are going to hold up to your standards.

And, that’s where we come in.  As professional shoppers, we know when a product lives up to its description.  We know a dud when we see a dud.  And, we know if a company is giving us the runaround or if they truly are a legit company that stands behind their product.

Best Sofa Bed

So, what makes the best sofa bed and sleeper?  Well, first, it has got to have style.  The best sofa bed and sleeper should be tastefully modern or classic in design.  And, whether you’re going for a mid-century look, a country aesthetic or a simple elegance, the best sofa sleeper should be just as fabulous in person as in the picture.

Durability is another attribute of the best sofa bed and sleeper.  This means quality materials, well-built construction and long-wearing fabric.  And, this means the couch should hold up for years of abuse, whether it’s from adults, kids or dogs.

And then there is comfort.  Especially with a sofa bed and sleeper.  It should be back supportive while being soft enough for relaxation and enjoyment.  And, the sleeper aspect of the bed should allow for a full night of uninterupted rest.

So, after reviewing an untold number of sofa beds, we were able to narrow down our final 6 picks for the best sofa beds and sleepers.  And, we based our findings on style, durability and comfort.  We also based our findings on customer satisfation.  We paid close attention to user reviews – both good and bad – and took those into account with our final selection.

And, what we have left is 6 of the most fabulous sleeper sofas on the market.

 

Best Sofa Bed

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa
Serta
Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa
Wood Frame
Steel Legs
Poly Fiber Fabric
Pillowtop
3 Adjustable Seat Functions
Adjustable Arm Wings
79.5" x 48.8" x 20.1"
Manhattan Modern Movie Sleeper Sofa
Manhattan Modern
Movie Sleeper Sofa
Durable Frame
Solid Wood Legs
Fabric Upholstery
2 Sleeper Options
Color Options
75" x 39" x 36"
Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon
Michael Anthony
Phoenix Full Size Futon
Wood Frame
Leather Upholstery
8" Tufted Mattress
Foldable Tray Arms
Color Options

80" x 37" x 33"
Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa
Ashley Furniture Signature Design
Hannin Sleeper Sofa
Hardwood Frame
Poly Fiber Fabric
Mattress
Lift Mechanism
2 Decorative Pillows
Color Options
82" x 37" x 38"
Nirvana Futons Brentwood Tray Arm Futon Frame, Drawers, and Ivory Mattress Set
Nirvana Futons
Brentwood Tray Arm Futon Frame, Drawers, and Ivory Mattress Set
Wood Frame
Twill Upholstery
8" Tufted Mattress
Foldable Tray Arms
Drawers
Color Options
86" x 37" x 36"
Zuri Furniture Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa
Zuri Furniture
Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa
Hardwood Frame
Stainless Steel Hinges
Cotton-Poly Blend Fabric
Hidden Storage
Right/Left Chaise Option
108" x 64" x 36"

 

Best Sofa Bed

Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa

Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa

Our first pick for best sofa bed and sleeper is tastefully modern.  And, although modern, the Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa is plush and inviting.

This sofa comes from a well-known and well-regarded mattress company.  And, because the Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa is made from one the top mattress companies, it’s going to be comfortable.  Serta introduced its first mattress in 1931 and almost a century later, they continue to deliver quality and comfort to millions of people around the world.  

This Serta Boca Sofa is constructed with a durable, sustainable tropical wood frame and steel legs.  It features a multi-layer, fire-resistant foam pillow top covered in soft poly fiber.  The foam pillow top has one layer of high density foam and one layer of super soft density foam, for the perfect combination of comfort and support.

The Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa offers three seat functions.  You can adjust it to act as a split back, a lounger or a bed.  It also offers adjustable arm wings to further customize this sofa to fit your lounging needs.

This sofa couch can comfortably sleep one or two people.  In the split back position, it measures 79.5 inches long, 39 inches wide and 37.4 inches tall.  When placed in the bed position, it measures 79.5 inches long, 48.8 inches wide and 20.1 inches tall.

Finally, the Serta Charcoal Grey Boca Sofa comes in one color which is charcoal grey.  However, this color of grey works fabulous with just about any decor.

 

Manhattan Modern Movie Sleeper Sofa

Manhattan Modern Movie Sleeper Sofa

This pick for best sofa bed and sleeper is extremely attractive and made with utmost quality.  The Manhattan Modern Movie Sleeper Sofa is a contemporary style of couch which will fit seamlessly in just about any space.

This sleeper sofa features a space-saving design with underbed storage and can go from sofa to daybed to bed within seconds.  It is constructed with a durable inner frame which rests on top of solid wood legs.  Additionally, this sofa comes with soft, yet firm cushions which are covered with easy care fabric upholtery.

The Manhattan Modern Movie Sleeper Sofa can comfortably sleep two, even three people comfortably.  In the sofa position it measures 75 inches wide, 39 inches deep and 36 inches tall.  In the sleeping position it measures 75 inches wide, 59 inches deep and 16 inches tall.

Finally, if you’re looking for a different color, there is a wide variety of color options here.

 

Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon

Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon

The Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon is an extremely comfortable option.  And, not only is it comfortable, it is easy to use and functional.

This futon sofa sleeper features tray style arms to hold your beverage, your phone, a book and your remote.  And, these trays easily fold away when not in use.

In addition, the Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon has “side loaded technology” which allows the sofa to easily and swiftly convert to a bed.

And, previously we mentioned something about comfort.  This futon sofa sleeper is one of the most comfortable picks on our list.  It comes with an 8-inch tufted mattress which has a core construction of foam.  Additionally, it has a whopping 294 innerspring coils.  If that’s not all, this core is wrapped with cotton batting.

The Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon comes covered in soft-bonded leather upholstery.  And, it is built with a durable and solid hardwood frame which has a natural finish.

With this sleeper futon there will be some assembly required.  And, to care for this futon, simply spot clean.

The Michael Anthony Phoenix Full Size Futon can comfortably sleep 1-2 people.  The frame dimensions are 80 inches long, 37 inches deep and 33 inches tall.  The mattress dimensions are 75 inches long, 54 inches wide and 8 inches tall.

Finally, with this pick you get your choice of colors.  Choose between Saddle or Java.

 

Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa

Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa

With this simple and elegant sofa, you would never guess there is a sleeper hidden under there.  The Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa is a classic, pull out sleeper with a contemporary design.

And, this sleeper sofa comes from a company that has been around since 1945 and is the #1 furniture manufacturer in the world.  That means they’re doing something right.  And, we have a feeling it has to do with quality.

The Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa is constructed with a durable hardwood frame.  The corners are glued, blocked and sealed.  The cushions are constructed of high quality foam with a low melt fiber and are fire-resistant.  In addition, this sofa couch is covered in thick poly fiber upholstery.

The Ashley Furniture Signature Design Hannin Sleeper Sofa is easy to use.  Simply pull out the queen size, innerspring mattress and you’re ready for a good night’s rest.

This sleeper sofa measures 82 inches long, 37 inches deep and 38 inches tall.  The mattress measures 72 inches long, 60 inches wide and 4 inches tall.

Lastly, the Ashley Furniture Hannin Sleeper Sofa comes with 2 geometric patterned toss pillows.  And, you also have your choice of colors with this sofa.  Choose between Spice or Lagoon.

 

Nirvana Futons Brentwood Tray Arm Futon Frame, Drawers, and Ivory Mattress Set

Nirvana Futons Brentwood Tray Arm Futon Frame, Drawers, and Ivory Mattress Set

This is yet another futon sleeper sofa on our list and this one is just as functional and comfortable as the other.  The Nirvana Futons Brentwood Tray Arm Futon has two storage drawers and pull out arm trays.

This futon sleeper sofa is made of 100% genuine solid hardwood with a multi-stage finishing process.  This process ensures long lasting color stay.  In addition, the solid hardwood, which is used for the frame, comes from sustainable, eco-friendly plantations.

The Nirvana Futons Brentwood Futon comes with an 8 inch thick futon mattress which will provide medium to firm support.  This mattress is made with multi-layers of a polyester cotton blend and four layers of high density foam.  Furthermore, this mattress is covered with natural tufted solid twill.

And, as if an 8 inch mattress isn’t enough comfort, this futon adjusts to three different positions.  Choose between sofa, lounger or bed.

The Nirvana Futons Brentwood Futon measures 86 inches wide, 37 inches deep and 36 inches tall.  And, the bed measures 86 inches wide, 60 inches deep and 23.25 inches tall.

Finally, this futon sleeper sofa comes in your choice of colors.  Choose between Microfiber Fudge, Microfiber Khaki, Twill Black, Twill Burgundy, Twill Hunter Green, Twill Ivory, Twill Khaki, Twill Navy Blue, Twill Red or Twill Navy Blue.

 

Zuri Furniture Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa

Zuri Furniture Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa

Our last pick for best sofa bed is extremely well made and a functional choice.  The Zuri Furniture Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa comes in a left or right chaise option.  And, this sleeper sofa has hidden storage beneath the chaise to store pillows, blankets, sheets…you name it.

The Zuri Furniture Clubber Sleeper Sectional Sofa has a kiln-dried hardwood frame with screwed, glued and blocked corners.  In addition, this sofa is covered with a cotton-polyester blend fabric with nylon stitching.  This fabric covers a high density foam which is ultra comfortable and will give you plenty of support.  And, for extra durability, this sofa sleeper has stainless steel hinges.

Finally, the Zuri Furniture Sleeper Sofa is 108 inches wide, 64 inches deep and 36 inches high.  It has a hidden, pull-out, full-sized sleep surface which can comfortably sleep two people.

best sno cone machine

Best Sno Cone Machine for Fluffy Snow-Like Cones

Do you want the best sno cone machine?  Or, a better question to ask, who doesn’t want the best sno cone machine?  Sno cone machines are great to have on hand.  Not only can they immediately liven a dull gathering, they can literally be the talk of the party.

And, after receiving the assignment to find the best sno cone machine, it immediately livened our work existence.  So, without hesitation, we went right to work.

First, we began our hunt for the best sno cone machine by reviewing all of the sno-fun contenders on the market.  And, we eventually narrowed down our search to the final 6 must-have sno cone makers.

But, we didn’t reach this decision lightly.  We spent hours reviewing every detail of each machine, determining whether each sno cone maker is going to deliver.  And deliver the best sno cones possible.

best sno cone machine

What we looked for first was quality.  When purchasing something such as a sno cone machine, you want to make sure it’s going to last.  And, this means quality materials and solid construction is a must.

After we determined which sno cone makers were of the highest quality, we needed to know what kind of ice each machine made.  And, there’s typically two types of sno cone ice.  There’s the type of ice that has tiny chunks and the type of ice that is often referred to as Hawaiian shaved ice.  Hawaiian shaved ice is the type of ice that is fluffy and snow-like and is most preferred by snow cone connoisseurs.

So, most of our picks are the Hawaiian-style shaved ice.  However, for those that prefer the chunky type of ice, we have included one machine that will give you just that.  You will find this machine, the Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker, at the top our list.

Our final step in determining the best sno cone maker was sifting through user reviews.  We only wanted the sno cone machines on our list with the happiest customers.  And, we made sure that is what we got.

 

Best Sno Cone Machine

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker
Cuisinart
SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker
Plastic
Metal
BPA-Free
Pop-Out Tray
4 Reusable Cones
Ice Scoop
11.5" x 12.5" x 13.9"
7 Lbs
Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine
Costzon
440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine
201 Stainless Steel
420 Alloy Steel
Holding Bowl
21" x 11" x 18"
18 Lbs
Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine
Nostalgia
SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine
Plastic
Stainless Steel
Pop-Out Tray
2 Reusable Syrup Bottles
12" x 12" x 13"
5.5 Lbs
Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker
Nostalgia
SCM502 Snow Cone Maker
BPA-Free Plastic
Stainless Steel
Serving Shelf
13.5" x 10" x 17.5"
6.8 Lbs
Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher
Costzon
Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher
201 Stainless Steel
430 Stainless Steel
Acrylic
Drain Hole
16.1" x 12.6" x 24.4"
31.9 Lbs
Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine
Paragon
Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine
Aluminum
Galvanized Steel
Tempered Glass
Safety Switch
Drain Deck
Drain Tube
Ice Scoop
22" x 17" x 16"
50 Lbs

 

Best Sno Cone Machine

Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker

Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker

Our first pick for best sno cone machine is a budget-friendly option for home operation or if you’re hosting a gathering.  And, whether you’re making the kiddos some slushies or conjuring up some adult party drinks, this sno cone machine will be the hit of the party.

The Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker is made of plastic and metal.  And, all the parts that come in contact with the ice are BPA free.    

To use this sno cone maker, simply plug it in, flip the toggle switch on and add ice.  Then, by using slow and even pressure, firmly press the ice down.  Once the ice has been shaved, scoop it up and serve.

The Cuisinart SCM-10 Snow Cone Maker is quick and will make 4-5 cones in just under a minute.  And, it comes with a pop-out tray that holds 4 cones for storing and serving.

Once you’re finished making sno cones for the day, this sno cone machine is easy to clean.  Just make sure the ice is completely melted, the bin is empty and hand towel dry.

This sno cone machine is lightweight, easy to maneuver and easy to store.  Weighing in at roughly 7 pounds, this machine measures 11.5 inches in length, 12.5 inches in width and 13.9 inches in height.  

The Cuisinart Snow Cone Maker comes with 4 BPA-free reusable cones, 12 paper cones and an ice scoop.

And, like we mentioned previously, this is the one machine on our list that grinds up tiny balls of ice as opposed to the fluffy, shaved ice.

Costzon 444lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine

Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine

This professional-grade sno cone machine is extremely durable and at the top of its game.  And, if you’re looking to make fluffy, snow-like ice, you got it with this pick.

The Costzon 440lbs Electric Ice Shaver Machine is made of premium 201 stainless steel, which means it is corrosion-resistant and rust-resistant.  And, 201 stainless steel is known to tough out extreme low temperatures.

Additionally, this sno cone machine comes equipped with 2 commercial-grade 420 alloy steel shaving blades.  420 alloy steel is corrosion-resistant and offers the toughness and the durability shredding ice requires.

The Costzon Electric Ice Shaver Machine can produce an astounding 440 lbs of shaved ice per hour, no matter how large or small the ice cubes.  It runs on 2oo Watts with a rotated speed of 1,400 runs per minute.

And, you know with a weight of roughly 18 pounds, this machine is a machine.  Furthermore, it measures in at 21 inches in length, 11 inches wide and 18 inches tall.

This snow cone machine is easy to use.  Simply flip the water-resistant switch to on, drop the ice in the hopper, push the handle down and the shaved ice will fill the stainless steel holding bowl.

Finally, this sno cone machine is easy to clean.  All you need to do is empty the bowl of excess water or ice remnants and wipe the machine dry.

Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine

Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine

This pick for best sno cone machine comes from a company appropriately called Nostalgia.  With it’s mid-century modern design, it will take you right back to the center of the 21st century.  How’s that for nostalgia?  

The Nostalgia SC7BL Party Station Snow Cone Machine is made of plastic with stainless steel blades.  And, because it is made with stainless steel, it is resistant to rust and corrosion.

These stainless steel blades will whip up the fluffy, snow-like consistency that is preferred by many sno cone connoisseurs.

The Nostalgia Party Station Snow Cone Machine is easy to use.  Simply feed the hopper with ice and the shaved ice will fill the chamber.  And, this chamber is capable of filing 30, 8 0z sno cones.  Once you start dishing up the servings, there is a flip-down cone holder to store the sno cones.

This sno cone machine is easy to clean.  Just remove the chamber and empty it of excess water and ice.  Then, hand towel it dry.  Additionally, there is a drip tray located at the bottom, which stores melted ice.  So, you’ll want to empty this also and towel dry.

The Nostalgia SC7BL measures in at 12 inches long, 12 inches wide and 13 tall.  And, it weighs 5.5 pounds.

Finally, this sno cone machine comes with 2, 4-ounce reusable pump syrup bottle, plastic cups and an ice scoop.  So, you’re almost ready to go with this machine.  You just need to get the syrup. 

Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker

Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker

This pick for best sno cone machine is another nostalgic pick from Nostalgia.  The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker will take you from your couch to the circus, in a matter of minutes.

This snow cone machine is made of BPA-free plastic with stainless steel cutting blades.  And, because it offers stainless steel blades, that means it is resistant to rust and corrosion.  Additionally, because it is made with BPA-free plastic, you won’t be introducing you and your guests to harmful chemicals – just pure ice.

The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker is easy to use.  Simply feed the hopper with ice, secure the lid and take it for a spin.  Once the bin is filled with shaved ice, scoop it up and prepare the cones on the convenient serving shelf.

This snow cone machine works fast and the bin will fill 20, 8 ounce snow cones.  So, this machine is not only great for home use, it is great for throwing a party as well.

The Nostalgia SCM502 Snow Cone Maker is easy to clean, simply ensure the machine is empty of excess water and ice remnants, then towel dry.

Finally, this machine measures in at 13.5 inches long, 10 inches wide and 17.5 inches tall.  It weighs 6.8 pounds.

 

Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher

Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher

This high-quality, professional-grade sno cone machine is super efficient and virtually effortless.  The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher will make perfectly fluffy shaved ice within seconds.

The body of this sno cone machine is made of 201 stainless steel while the blades are made with 430 stainless steel.  And, because it’s made of stainless steel, that means this machine is resistant to rust and corrosion.  This also means it is ultra durable.

The 10 millimeter thickened container is made of acrylic which is unbreakable.  Additionally, this acrylic will keep the ice cool, especially on those hot days.

The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher features efficient double dual blades that have a rotating speed of 1,400 runs per minute.  And, this machine occupies approximately 400 pounds of shaving capacity.

To operate this sno cone machine, simple turn the water-resistant switch on and fill the hopper full of ice.  Once the hopper is filled, pull the handle down and watch the clear acrylic fill with some of the fluffiest, cloud-like ice you’ll find from a sno cone machine.

When you’re finished with the sno cone fun, simply empty the machine via the drain hole at the bottom.  Towel dry clean and you’re ready for your next session.

The Costzon Electric Stainless Steel Ice Shaver Machine Crusher measures 16.1 inches long, 12.6 inches wide and 24.4 inches tall.  It weighs in at 31.9 pounds.

 

Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine

Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine

Our final pick for best sno cone machine is your best bet if you’re looking for the ultimate commercial-grade machine.  The Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine has a 1/3 horsepower, 1,725 RPM motor that can shave an astounding 500 pounds of ice cubes or chunks per hour.

This sno cone machine will make make fluffy, fine shaved iced.  That means, no ice chunks with this machine.  And, you can scoop this fine snow with the specially designed sno cone scoop which is included.

The Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine is made of heavy duty aluminum and galvanized steel for maximum durability.  It features tempered glass panels with a tempered glass door for easy access to the shaved ice.

In addition, this sno cone machine features a safety switch, a removable slated drain deck and a 36 inch drain tube.  The slated drain deck and the drain tube will make clean up a breeze. Just drain the machine of excess water and ice, then towel dry.

What we liked most about this machine is it is extremely quiet for a sno cone maker.  For comparison, it doesn’t sound much louder than a dryer or a dishwasher.

Finally, the Paragon Simply-A-Blast Snow Cone Machine measures 22 inches in length by 17 inches in width and 16 inches in height.  And, it weighs 50 pounds.

best floor lamps

Best Floor Lamps – Modern & Classic Styles

If you’re searching for the best floor lamps to add to your space, you probably want something that looks good, first and foremost.  And, this is exactly how we started our search for the best floor lamps.

First, we filtered out the bold, over-the-top floor lamps, the hideous floor lamps and the cheap looking floor lamps and started our list with the most gorgeous and aesthetically pleasing lamps.  We paid close attention to design and detail while ensuring our initial picks were lamps classic or tastefully modern and able to fit in just about every space.

You see, lamps are the type of item that are sometimes moved from room to room or from house to house.  And, in this scenario, you will want the design of the lamp to move just as beautifully as the lamp itself.  So, simple and classic or modern floor lamps are the best options when it comes to integrating a lamp into your home. 

Additionally, some think a lamp is just a lamp.  But, it holds far more value than that.  A lamp can either make or break a space.  With one relatively small item, a living room can go from hot to not.  Or, in the reverse spectrum, from not to hot.

best floor lamps

So, after we had our picks for best looking floor lamps, we scoped these lamps out in terms of quality.  With quality floor lamps, you are going to get durability and stability.  And, durability is pretty straight forward.  Of course we want the best floor lamp to last for years and years and years without any maintenance.

Now, with stability, we want the best floor lamp to stand upright at all times.  Additionally, if the floor lamp is accidentally bumped, it’s got to have the design and the weight that’s going to keep it from tumbling.

So, after further narrowing the lamps down, we checked out the materials used.  Are they quality materials?  Will these materials allow for scratches, dents or rust?  After much assurance in regard to the quality of materials used, we continued slashing lamps off our list.

And finally, with the final best floor lamps that passed our initial inspection, we focused on reviews, reviews, reviews.  We hold customer satisfaction in the highest regards and our final 9 picks for best floor lamps have the happiest customers out of all the floor lamps we filtered through.

So, not only are the designs to die for, the quality of these lamps are insurmountable.  And, again, these picks are classic and tastefully modern enough to fit in every space and every living room.  You’ll see for yourself below!

 

Best Floor Lamps

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Adesso Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp
Adesso
Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp
Metal
Marble
Linen
Foot Step Switch
Fabric Covered Cord
Color Options
82" x 42"
Artiva USA Luxor Steel Floor Lamp
Artiva USA
Luxor Steel Floor Lamp
Brushed Steel
Marble
Linen
Pull Chain Switch
68" x 20.5"
Possini Euro Design Arched Floor Lamp
Possini Euro Design
Arched Floor Lamp
Metal
Linen
Adjustable
Floor Switch
69" x 41.5"
Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp
Adesso
3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp
Walnut
Steel
Linen
Rotary Switch
Fabric Covered Cord
Smart Outlet
Color Options
82" x 42"
Concept Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp with USB Port
Concept
Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp with USB Port
Recycled Aluminum
Touch Control
USB Port
Smart Outlet
Auto Shutoff
44.5"-52.05" x 9.8"
Cal Lighting BO-2039FL Floor Lamp
Cal Lighting
BO-2039FL Floor Lamp
Brushed Steel
Fabric
3-Way Rotary Switch
60" x 16"
House of Troy F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp
House of Troy
F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp
Metal
Polished Finish
On/Off Switch
Color Options
36"-53" x 9"
Universal Lighting and Decor Vanguard Floor Lamp with Glass Tray Table
Universal Lighting and Decor
Vanguard Floor Lamp with Glass Tray Table
Wood
Glass
Brass
Linen
Pull Chain Switch
64" x 24"
360 Lighting Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp
360 Lighting
Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp
Metal
Brass Finish
On/Off Rotary Switch
55.5" x 10"

 

Best Floor Lamps

 

Adesso Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp

Adesso Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp

Our first pick on our list for best floor lamps is absolutely gorgeous and quite possibly our personal favorite lamp on our list.  It’s classic style and simple design will work in every room imaginable.

The Adesso 5420-20 Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp is made of metal with a shiny copper finish.  The base is made of white marble to help keep the lamp stable and sturdy.  And, the white lamp shade is made of smooth linen.

This boomerang-style floor lamp features a foot step switch which you will find on the black and white fabric covered cord.  This allows for easy access when turning the lamp on or off.

The Adesso 5420-20 Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp is 82 inches tall and 42 inches in diameter.  And, the base is 12.5 inches in diameter while the shade has a 6 inch top diameter and a 16 inch bottom diameter while being 11 inches tall.

This floor lamp takes a single 100 Watt Incandescent light build or a 26 Watt CFL.  These light bulbs are not included.

Finally, for those that prefer silver over gold, the Adesso 5420-20 Willa Modern Chic Arc Lamp comes in your choice of chrome or the copper, which you see pictured above.

 

Artiva USA Luxor Steel Floor Lamp

Artiva USA Luxor Steel Floor Lamp

This floor lamp is a mix of classic, yet modern.  The Artiva USA Steel Floor Lamp features a classic, tan, linen drum shade attached to a square-tapered pole.  This pole is ultra sturdy and will keep this lamp standing upright at all times.  The base is made of marble which also increases the durability of this floor lamp.

The Artiva USA Luxor Steel Floor Lamp measures in at 68 inches tall and 20.5 inches wide, while the marble base is 15 inches in diameter.  It comes with two pull chain switches for an easy way to classically turn the lamp on and off. 

The Artiva USA Luxor Steel Floor Lamp requires two 100 Watt Incandescent bulbs or two 23 Watt CFL bulbs.  These light bulbs are not included.

Finally, if you’re looking to outfit your whole space, Artiva USA offers the matching table lamp which you can find here.  Additionally, if you’re looking for a desk lamp to outfit your space with, you can find some great ones here.  

Possini Euro Design Arched Floor Lamp

Possini Euro Design Arched Floor Lamp

This pick on our list for best floor lamps is a great pick for the book worms.  And, this is because it features an adjustable arc to get the perfect amount of light where you want it, when you want it.

The Possini Euro Design Arched Floor Lamp is made of metal with a neutral bronze finish.  So, this lamp will blend well if you have decorated in gold or silver accents.  Additonally, it comes with an off-white lamp shade, which is another neutral color that will blend with anything. 

And, for convenience, this floor lamp has a floor on and off switch.  And, this switch is attached to a long cord, so you don’t need to worry about being close to a socket.

This floor lamp takes a single 150 Watt Incandescent light bulb or an equivalent medium base bulb.  These lightbulbs are not included.

Finally, we are going to warn you that this lamp is large in size, so be sure you have the space before ordering.  The Possini Euro Design Arched Floor Lamp measures 69 inches tall and 41.5 inches wide.  The base is 16 inches in diameter while the shade is 18 inches wide and 9.5 inches tall.

 

Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp

Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp

This classic, mid-century floor lamp adds a sense of nostalgia while still being quite modern.  The Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp is made with neutral tones that will mesh with just about any decor.  And, it’s a great solution for not only a lamp, but a side table as well.  

This floor lamp is made with a rich, solid walnut while the neck of the lamp is made of brushed steel.  Additionally, the lamp shade is made of linen in a neutral oatmeal color.

The Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp features a rotary on/off switch which is located below the socket.  The decorative brown fabric covered cord hangs intelligently below the tripod frame.

And, for those that are into technology, this floor lamp features a smart outlet function.  This means you can control the lamp via your smart phone.

This floor lamp takes a single 150 Watt Incandescent light bulb or the CFL equivalent.  These lightbulbs are not included.

Lastly, the Adesso 3471-15 Bedford Floor Lamp is 59.5 inches tall and 20 inches wide.  The base measures 20 inches in diameter while the round walnut table measures 14 inches in diameter.  And, the shade measures 18.5 inches in diameter and 10.25 inches tall.

 

Concept Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp with USB Port

Koncept Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp with USB Port

This is the most modern and innovative lamp on our list.  The Koncept Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp has touch control capabilities that allow you to control and adjust the lighting between warm and cool colors.  It also allows you to adjust the brightness, all with a touch of a finger.  And, this technology is great for the eyes as it can help reduce stress and eyestrain.  

Additionally, this floor lamp comes with a built-in USB port to charge your phone, tablet or any other USB device.  And, this lamp has a built-in 5 hour auto shutoff timer.  

The Koncept Lady-7 LED Floor Lamp with USB Port is made with recycled aluminum with a water based paint coating.

This floor lamp measures in at an adjustable height of 44.5 inches tall to 52.05 inches tall.  The base measures 9.8 inches in diameter and the shade width is 0.9 inches wide.

Finally, choose between your choice of colors:  Metallic Black, Silver or Matte Red.  And, Koncept offers a matching desk lamp if you’re looking to outfit your whole space.

 

Cal Lighting BO-2039FL Floor Lamp

Cal Lighting BO-2039FL Floor Lamp

This is another one of our favorites on our list for best floor lamps.  The Cal Lighting BO-2039FL Floor Lamp is a tropical, yet classic lamp that is extremely tastefully done.

This floor lamp is made of brushed steel with a bamboo finish and comes with a tan fabric lamp shade.  Additionally, this floor lamp comes with a solid, durable base that will help keep its stability.

The Cal Lighting BO-2039FL Floor Lamp features a 3-way rotary switch which is a classic touch to a classic design.

This floor lamp offers a subdued, warm type of light.  So, if you’re looking to use this lamp as your main light source, it may not be enough light.  This is something to consider before purchasing.  

Finally, this floor lamp measures in at 60 inches tall and 16 inches wide.  It requires a single 150 Watt bulb.

 

House of Troy F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp

House of Troy F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp

This pick for best floor lamp is 1 of 2 pharmacy style lamps on our list.  The House of Troy F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp is a classic style lamp that will blend right in with every style of decor.

This floor lamp is made with sturdy and durable metal with a polished nickel finish.  And, to outfit your space accordingly, this floor lamp also comes in an Oil-Rubbed Bronze finish and an Antique Brass Finish.

The House of Troy F100-PN Fairfax Pharmacy Adjustable Floor Lamp features a simple on/off switch located next to the shade.

Finally, this floor lamp measures in at an adjustable height of 36 inches to 53 inches tall and is 9 inches wide.  The metal shade measures 6.5 inches long and 3 inches wide.  It takes a single 75 Watt Incandescent light bulb.

 

Universal Lighting and Decor Vanguard Floor Lamp with Glass Tray Table

Universal Lighting and Decor Vanguard Floor Lamp with Glass Tray Table

This pick on our list for best floor lamps is yet another solution for a floor lamp and a side table.  And, this floor lamp and glass tray table is classically modern and will work well in any space.

The Universal Lighting and Decor Vanguard Floor Lamp with Glass Tray Table is made of wood with a cherry wood finish.  It comes with a tempered glass tray table and a linen fabric drum shade in warm cream.

Additionally, this floor lamp has a satin brass finished pole, as well as, satin brass finished chain handles.  And, these chain handles conveniently and classically switch the lamp from on to off.

The Universal Lighting and Decor Vanguard Floor Lamp measures in at 64 inches tall, while the shade measures in at 18 inches in diameter and 12 inches tall.  The round tray table is 24 inches in diameter.

Lastly, this floor lamp takes 2 maximum 100 Watt or equivalent bulbs.

 

360 Lighting Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp

360 Lighting Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp

Our final pick for best floor lamp is another pharmacy style lamp.  And, it’s an amazingly durable and sturdy lamp at a budget price.

The 360 Lighting Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp is made of metal construction with an antique brass finish.  Additionally, the adjustable boom arm and dome lamp head are also made of durable metal.

This pharmacy floor lamp comes with an on/off rotary switch on the socket.  And, this floor lamp takes a maximum 60 Watt standard base bulb.  However, this bulb is not included.

Lastly, the 360 Lighting Dawson Antique Pharmacy Floor Lamp measures in at 55.5 inches tall with a base of 10 inches wide.  The dome lamp head is 5.75 inches wide and 3.5 inches tall.

best pizza peel

Best Pizza Peel, Paddle and Shovel

Are you looking for the best pizza peel to prep pizzas and scoop them, piping hot, out of the oven?

Otherwise known as a pizza paddle, shovel or spatula, a pizza peel is a long-handled kitchen utensil with a flat shovel at the end used to remove pizza or bread to and from the oven.  Additionally, it is used to prep pizza and serve pizza, making the pizza peel an efficient way to enjoy pizza night.  And, while this sounds fairly simple, the best pizza peel is anything but.

Now, there are two types of pizza peels.  There is a wooden peel and a metal peel.  And while both are great, one material may work better for you than the other.

The wooden peel is naturally non-stick and will prevent raw dough from sticking on the paddle. And, if taken care of correctly, a wooden paddle has the ability to last a lifetime.  In addition, the wooden peel has a rustic aesthetic to it and looks fabulous in the kitchen.  However, the one thing you may want to take into account with a wooden peel is they are porous and have a tendency to stain.

The metal pizza peel is the most popular type of peel.  And, typically these peels are made of aluminum or stainless steel.  The metal peel is low maintenance, long-lasting and easy to clean.  Furthermore, it is resistant to saturation and stains.  However, raw dough has a tendency to stick on metal surfaces and this may not be the best choice if you’re using a peel to prep the pizza.  But, this is nothing that a little or a lot of flour can’t take care of.

best pizza peel  

So, whichever type of pizza peel you decide to go with, we found 6 of the best pizza peels in both metal and wood construction on the market.

And, what we were looking for in the best pizza peel, whether it be wood or metal, is durability.  We wanted a pizza peel that is going to handle the weight of the pizza without flopping around.  

Additionally, longevity is important to us and a flimsy pizza peel isn’t worth it’s weight in gold.  So, a sturdy, durable pizza peel is a must.

We also looked very carefully at user reviews.  This gave us insight into how these pizza peels handled the task at hand.  And, we payed closed attention to the reviews detailing how well these peels prep, slide, scoop, maneuver, and handle.

In the end, after reviewing a multitude of contenders for the best pizza peel, we were left with 6 of the best pizza peels, paddles and shovels on the market.  These picks are at the top of their class and are built to scoop pizza for years to come.

 

Best Pizza Peel

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle
Outset
QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle
Stainless Steel
Rosewood Handle
Foldable
21" x 8"
Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza PeelAcacia Wood
Mineral Oil Finish
22" x 14"
Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel
Pizza Royale
Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel
Bamboo
19.6" x 12"
Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle
Kitchen Supply
Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle
Aluminum
Wood Handle
Size Options
12" x 28"
14" x 28"
16" x 28"
Epicurean Pizza Peel
Epicurean
Pizza Peel
Natural Wood Fiber
Maintenance Free
17" x 10"
21" x 14"
23" x 14"
Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel
Gi.Metal
Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel
Anodized Aluminum
Aluminum Handle
61.5" x 13"

 

Best Pizza Peel

 

Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle

Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel with Rosewood Handle

Our first pick for best pizza peel is not only a great peel, it is also a great storage solution.  The Outset QZ10 Pizza Peel has a handle that rotates inward, allowing the peel to store semi-flat in the cupboard. 

This restaurant-style pizza peel measures 21 inches long and 8 inches wide with the handle outright and 15 inches long and 8 inches wide with the handle rotated inward.

The Outset QZ10 pizza peel is made of stainless steel which is durable and rust resistant.  It comes with a rosewood handle to help protect hands from the heat.  And, because this peel is made of stainless steel, it will require flour to help create a non-stick surface.

Lastly, if you’re looking for the whole pizza experience, this company also offers a pizza cutter and 4 different types of pizza stones.

 

Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel

Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel

This pick for best pizza peel is a gorgeous choice for any kitchen.  It offers the old-school, rustic aesthetic that will transport your kitchen to the Italian countryside.

The Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel is made of natural Acacia wood.  Acacia wood is derived from a tree native to Australia and Hawaii.  Acacia is know for its durability and as being one of the hardest woods in the world.

This pizza peel is finished with mineral oil which will not only help to protect the peel, it will allow the pizza peel to develop a gorgeous, darkening surface over time.

The Heritage Acacia Wood Pizza Peel measures in at 22 inches long and 14 inches wide.  And, it is thick enough not to warp and thin enough to easily slide under the pizza as it has a tapered edge.

To care for this peel, simply, do not wash in the dishwasher.  Instead, hand wash in warm, soapy water and rinse throughly.  Let air dry and you’re ready for you’re next pizza.

Additionally, you will want to treat the peel with a butcher’s block oil after it dries.

 

Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel

Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel

This pizza peel is extremely multifunctional.  Not only can you use it to pull pizza, bread and other baked goods from the oven, it works as a cutting board too.

The Pizza Royale Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel is made from ethically-sourced, premium bamboo.  And, bamboo is less porous than wood and is known for being antimicrobial, so it naturally fights against bacteria.

In addition, bamboo is considered stronger and more durable than wood.  And, because bamboo is one tough cookie, it makes for a great cutting board.  However, it’s going to be harder on your knives and blades so you may want to break out the sharpener.  

The Pizza Royale Ethically Sourced Premium Natural Bamboo Pizza Peel is 19.6 inches long and 12 inches wide.  And, at a mere 0.6 inches thick, it is thin enough to easily scoop the pizza and durable enough not to flop around.

This pizza paddle is also made for comfort with a contoured handle to fit right in the palm of your hand.

When cared for properly, the Pizza Royale Pizza Peel will not split, warp, crack or splinter.  Simply hand wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry, and you’re ready for seconds.

 

Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle

Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel with Wood Handle

This restaurant style pizza peel comes in your choice of a 12 inch shovel, a 14 inch shovel or a 16 inch shovel.  Each of these peels carry a length of 28 inches long from tip of the handle to tip of the shovel.

The Kitchen Supply Pizza Peel comes with an aluminum shovel and a wooden handle.  The aluminum shovel offers rounded corners for an easy slide and scoop while the wooden handle offers protection for your hand from high temperatures.

And, because this pizza peel is made of aluminum, that means you will need to find a non-stick source to keep the dough from sticking to the peel.  Some great options for creating a non-stick surface are flour, cornmeal or milled wheat bran.

To care for the Kitchen Supply Aluminum Pizza Peel, simply wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry by hand.  Because it has a wooden handle, it is not recommended for the dishwasher.

 

Epicurean Pizza Peel

Epicurean Pizza Peel

This pick for best pizza peel is made of natural wood fiber from trees harvested in managed forests.  The Epicurean Pizza Peel is environmentally friendly and sustainable.  In addition, it is National Sanitary Foundation approved, so it meets all the standard for quality and safety.

And, this is a great pick for someone who is looking for not only a pizza peal, but a cutting board as well.  Furthermore, this pizza peel is knife friendly, so there’s no need to worry about creating unnecessary pores which introduces all kinds of germs.  And, this pizza peel will not dull your knives, so you will sharpen less.

And, because it can handle temperatures up to 350 degrees Fahrenheit, it can be used as a trivet.  This means there will be no brown rings after placing hot pans on this peel.

The Epicurean Pizza Peel is dishwasher safe and virtually maintenance-free.  Additionally,  you can hand wash it in warm, soapy water and towel dry or let air dry.  This pizza peel doesn’t need to be oiled or bleached and is resistant to stains.

Finally, the Epicurean Pizza Peel comes in your choice of 5 different colors and color combinations:  Natural, Natural/Brown, Natural/Red, Slate and Slate/Red.  And, it comes in 3 different sizes:  17 inches by 10 inches, 23 inches by 14 inches and 21 inches by 14 inches.

 

Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel

Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel

Our final pick for best pizza peel is a professional-grade, heavy duty pizza peel.  The Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel that is built to last and endure pizza after pizza after pizza.

Weighing in at roughly 1.5 pounds, this pizza peel is lightweight and strong.  But, don’t let the lightweight aspect fool you.  The tubular build of this pizza peel makes it extremely stable.

The Gi.Metal Professional 13-inch Rectangular Perforated Pizza Peel measures in at 61 inches long and 13 inches wide, which makes this the longest pizza peel on our list.

This professional-grade pizza peel is made of anodized aluminum with an aluminum handle.  And, because the aluminum of the blade is anodized, that means it is ultra durable and resistant to corrosion.  

Furthermore, this blade is light and flexible which will allow you to get under the pizza more easily and more efficiently.  Additionally, the edge of the blade is beveled which also makes it easy to get under the pizza. 

Finally, the Gi.Metal Pizza Peel has a perforated designed head to allow for low friction and to release excess flour from the pizza.

best laundry hampers

Best Laundry Hampers, Baskets and Sorters

If you’re looking for the best laundry hamper, basket or sorter, you’ve made an excellent stop.  This is because we searched high and low for the perfect solution for all of our laundry needs.  And, that’s not all.  We must admit, we have a fixation with storage solutions and organization.  So, when this task landed on our desk, we knew finding the best laundry hampers, the best laundry baskets and the best laundry sorters was right up our alley.

best laundry hampers

So, first of all, when finding the best laundry solution, you have to think about what is going to work for you and your lifestyle.  Are you someone that folds straight from the dryer or drying rack, or do you dump it on the bed and put it away as you fold?  If you are the latter, you may think about getting a basket or a hamper.  If you are the former, you may think about going with a sorter.

Additionally, if you co-exist and everyone’s laundry gets done at the same time, a sorter would probably be your best bet.

Space is another thing to take into consideration when looking for the best laundry hamper, the best laundry basket and the best laundry sorter.  If you go with a hamper, is it going to fit in the designated space?  Or, would you rather store the sorter when not in use?  If you’re looking to store, be sure to check out some of our picks that collapse or folds flat.

So, now that you have done your due diligence and have an idea of what works for you and your lifestyle, it’s time to get to our picks for the top 8 best laundry hampers, baskets and sorters.  And, we must admit, we love every single one of them.  

 

Best Laundry Hampers, Baskets and Sorters

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
Artesa Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart
Artesa
Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart
Carbon Steel
Collapsable
Detachable Basket
Removable Canvas Insert
18.1" x 27.2" x 35"
INDRESSME Extra Large Laundry Basket
INDRESSME
Extra Large Laundry Basket
Natural Cotton Rope
Chemical Free
Color Options
17" x 6.6" x 3"
KOUBOO Round Rattan Hamper
KOUBOO
Round Rattan Hamper
Rattan
Laquer Coated
Removable Cotton Liner
18" x 18" x 22"
DecoBros Heavy-Duty 3-Bag Laundry Sorter Cart
DecoBros
Heavy-Duty 3-Bag Laundry Sorter Cart
Chromed Metal
Removable Polyester Liner
Color Options
30.8" x 18" x 33"
Vremi Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket
Vremi
Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket
BPA Free Plastic
Silicone Handles
Collapsible
Color Options
24.4" x 10.6" x 17.5"
Whitmor Round Commercial Hamper
Whitmor
Round Commercial Hamper
Chromed Metal
Removable Polyester Liner
Wall Saving Bumpers
23.63" x 23.63" x 32"
Seville Classics Water Hyacinth Oval Double Hamper
Seville Classics
Water Hyacinth Oval Double Hamper
Water Hyacinth
Wire Construction
Removable Canvas Liners
22.75" x 13" x 24"
DecoBros Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper 2Pack
DecoBros
Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper 2Pack
Polyester Linen
Moisture-Resistant Liner
14'' x 14'' x 23''

 

Best Laundry Hampers, Baskets and Sorters

 

Artesa Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart

Artesa Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart

Our first pick for best laundry sorter is this high-end and high-quality laundry cart made of structural carbon steel.  This means, it’s going to be ultra durable and will handle an untold amount of loads.

The Artesa Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart is designed for functionality with a bottom shelf to store laundry detergent and fabric softener.  Additionally, this bottom shelf works well to sort and organize laundry.

Furthermore, this laundry cart comes with a removable basket while the cart will fold down for easy storage.  The basket comes lined with a removable and washable canvas insert.

With this pick, you are really getting a three for one;  a laundry sorter, a laundry cart and a laundry basket.  So, not only is the Artesa Verona Collapsible Metal Laundry Cart highly functional, it’s a beautiful piece and will add to any space.  And, you may want to think twice about storing it away where it can’t be seen.

Finally, this laundry cart measures 35 inches tall, 25 inches in wide and 18 inches deep.  And, it is easy to assemble.

 

INDRESSME Extra Large Laundry Basket

INDRESSME Extra Large Laundry Basket

This pick for best laundry basket has the clean, fresh-out-of-the-dryer, laundry feeling to it.  And, if we could smell it, we imagine it would smell like fresh ocean air.

The INDRESSME Extra Large Laundry Basket is made of natural cotton rope and does not contain any chemicals.  It is FDA approved environmentally-friendly, non-toxic and free of all heavy metals.  Which makes this a great pick for all of us who are health-conscious or for those that have young ones at home.

This basket is large in size at 15 inches tall with a 16 inch diameter up top and a 12.6 diameter at the bottom.  And, what makes this such a great solution is it’s a practical solution.

So, not only can you use it as a laundry basket, you can use it for storing just about anything from toys to art supplies to games and more.  Additionally, it works great for storing clothes when you run out of closet space.  Sound familiar?

Finally, the INDRESSME Extra Large Laundry Basket has sturdy and durable handles that will make taking clothes to and fro a breeze.  It comes in your choice of 3 colors:  Dark Gray, Off-White or Blue Gray.  

 

KOUBOO Round Rattan Hamper

KOUBOO Round Rattan Hamper

This pick for best laundry hampers is hand woven from Rattan.  Rattan is a naturally growing vine species that is derived from the tropical regions of Australia, Asia and Africa.  And, it’s similar to bamboo which makes this pick for best hamper ultra durable.

The KOUBOO Round Rattan Hamper has a clear lacquer finish to help prevent the Rattan from scratches and stains.  Additionally, because this hamper has a clear lacquer finish, it cleans easily with a damp cloth.

This hamper has a removable cotton liner which is machine washable and dry-able.  And, it comes with velcro tabs to keep the liner in place when used in the hamper.  

The KOUBOO Round Rattan Hamper is large in size at 22 inches tall and 22 inches in diameter.  It has built in handles which makes for easy maneuvering.

Finally, if you’re interested in outfitting this hamper in the bathroom, KOUBOO offers a matching tissue box, utility basket and magazine rack.

 

 

DecoBros Heavy-Duty 3-Bag Laundry Sorter Cart

DecoBros Heavy-Duty 3-Bag Laundry Sorter Cart

This pick for best laundry sorter is a great pick for those with large families.  Additionally, it’s great for those who are meticulous about keeping things in order.

The DecoBros Heavy-Duty 3-Bag Laundry Sorter Cart is large in size at 30.75 inches wide, 18 inches deep and 33 inches tall.  It comes with 3 removable, heavy duty bags that are able to separate darks from whites and delicates from the rest.

Additionally, the removable bags are made of 100% polyester and are to be hand washed only in cold water.  

Finally, this laundry sorter cart has a durable, chromed metal frame with 2 inch heavy duty casters that glide with ease.  

Overall, this cart is a great bang for your buck.  And, it comes in your choice of colors:  Bronze or Chrome.

 

Vremi Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket

Vremi Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket

This pick for best laundry basket is pretty innovative.  The Vremi Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket will collapse flat for easy storage when not in use.  This laundry basket measures in at 25 inches wide by 18 inches tall and will collapse to 3 inches in height.  Additionally, this basket has a capacity of 40 liters.  

Made of durable, BPA free plastic, it has ergonomic silicone handles for comfort and to ease the stress from the wrists and the hands.

The Vremi Collapsible Plastic Laundry Basket also works great as a storage solution for toys, games, dry foods, etc.  And, because it doesn’t have holes like a lot of laundry baskets do, it will hide your dirty secrets and prevent a trail of small items from escaping from the basket.

Finally, this basket comes in your choice of color options:  Blue, Grey or Red.

 

Whitmor Round Commercial Hamper

Whitmor Round Commercial Hamper

This pick for best laundry hampers is a as simple as you can get.  If you’re not into sorting or fussing about your clothes and want to do it in all one big dump, this is a great option for you.  Additionally, if you want something for the bathroom and are looking to throw some towels in a hamper, this is also a great option.

The Whitmor Round Commercial Hamper has a durable, chromed metal frame with commercial grade swivel wheels.  It features a 100% polyester, removable, heavy duty bag that comes with fabric tab fasteners.  These fasteners will makes sure the towels go in while the bag stays in place.

Additionally, this hamper comes with “wall saving” bumpers that will keep the walls safe from scratches and marks.

The Whitmor Round Commercial Hamper is 23.63 inches in diameter and 32 inches tall.

Finally, this pick for best laundry hampers is hand washable or machine washable.  However, the company recommends that you air dry after washing.

 

Seville Classics Water Hyacinth Oval Double Hamper

Seville Classics Water Hyacinth Oval Double Hamper

This pick for best laundry hamper is an attractive piece for the laundry room or the bathroom.  The Seville Classics Water Hyacinth Oval Double Hamper is made of hand woven Water Hyacinth.  Water Hyacinth is a free-floating perennial plant native to South America.  This material makes for a sturdy, durable and dependable hamper.

The Seville Classics Double Hamper features wire construction beneath the Water Hyacinth Weave for extra strength and durability.  It comes with 2 heavy duty, canvas laundry bags that have velcro straps to secure the bags to the hamper.  Additionally, these canvas bags are machine washable.

This double hamper comes with built-in handles which will allow you to maneuver the hamper with ease.  Furthermore, there are built-in handles on the lids for easy opening and closing.

Finally, this hamper measures in at 22.75 inches wide, 24 inches tall and 13 inches deep.

 

DecoBros Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper 2Pack

DecoBros Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper 2Pack

Our final pick for best laundry hampers is a great budget option and if you’re buying for practicality and could care less about presentation.  The DecoBros Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper 2Pack works well for sorting laundry or establishing who’s laundry is who’s.

These hampers are made of durable polyester linen and comes with a moisture-resistant liner.  They feature grommet handles for easy maneuvering and transport from the closet to the wash machine.

Each DecoBros Folding Laundry Clothes Hamper measures in at 23 inches tall, 14 inches in length and 14 inches deep.

best cheese grater

Best Cheese Grater – Rotary, Box & Electric

If you’re looking for the best cheese grater, whether it be a rotary, box or electric, we’ve got you covered.  We spent hours upon hours reviewing a ton of cheese graters in each category and came out with some winners.

And, what we looked for in the best cheese grater were some pretty basic requirements that all kitchen utensils should have.  But, unfortunately that’s not the case, so we had to sift through a lot of junk cheese graters until we found our top picks for best rotary cheese grater, best box cheese grater and best electric cheese grater.  However, if you’re just looking for a cheese slicer, we reviewed the best cheese slicers and you can find those here.   

So, what were our requirements when choosing our final few?  First, the best cheese grater needs to be made out of premium materials such as quality stainless steel and BPA-free plastic.  Quality stainless steel is durable and will ensure longevity while remaining rust and corrosion-free.  When it comes to plastic, BPA-free plastic speaks for itself.  Whenever possible, we don’t want to come in contact with any harmful materials, and we’re sure you don’t either.

best cheese grater  

Next, the best cheese grater needs to have durable construction.  We need a cheese grater with all the nuts and bolts to remain intact through soft cheeses on up to hard cheeses.

Finally, we hold comfort in high regards.  There’s nothing like using a comfortable kitchen utensil.  It eases pressure on the hand and wrist and makes life in the kitchen feel like a life of luxury.

Once we narrowed our picks down in terms of materials, construction and comfort, we paid close attention to user reviews – both the good and the bad.  And, this answered some of our most pressing questions.  Is this cheese grater able to handle heavy-duty tasks and large quantities?  Does the cheese grate uniformly or does it break off in chunks?  Will this cheese grater be user-friendly or a pain in my a–?

When we were satisfied our questions had been answered, we narrowed the options down to our final best cheese graters.  And, what we came up with is 2 cheese graters for each category – rotary, box and electric.  These cheese graters not only satisfied our questions, they have many more-than-satisfied customers.  Which, in the end, is a testimony to the quality, longevity and happiness these cheese graters create in the kitchen.

 

Best Cheese Grater

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater
AuPolus
Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater
Stainless Steel
3 Drum Attachments
Left/Right Handed Use
Dishwasher Safe
8.1" x 3.9" x 3.5"
Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder
Benwish
Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder
Stainless Steel
BPA-Free ABS Plastic
Silicone Base Grip
Rivited Grip
3 Drum Attachments
Top-Rack Dishwasher Safe
10.2" x 4.5" x 9.5"
Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater
Oliver & Kline
Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater
Stainless Steel
BPA-Free Plastic
Non-Slip Handle
Non-Slip Base
"Catch All" Insert
Storage Container
Dishwasher Safe
5.5" x 5.3" x 10"
Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater
Cuisinart
CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater
Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handle
Non-Slip Base
Dishwasher Safe
3.5" x 10" x 4.5"
Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder
Eshion
ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder
Stainless Steel
5 Drum Attachments
Holding Tray
Dishwasher Safe
3.5" x 7.5" x 6"
Grandma Ann's Electric Grater
Grandma Ann's
Electric Grater
Stainless Steel
Large "Catch All" Bowl
Dishwasher Safe
12" x 13" x 7.5"

 

Best Cheese Grater

AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater

AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater

Our first pick for best cheese grater in the rotary category is perfect for grating hard cheeses, chocolates, nuts and more.  And, it looks good enough to venture from the kitchen to the table and grate directly on the plate.

The AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is made of food grade stainless steel.  It is ergonomically designed for comfort and easy rotating.

This rotary cheese grater comes with three different, interchangeable drum attachments.  One drum for course grating and shredding, another drum for fine grating and a drum for slicing.

For the longer tasks when you’ve got a lot of cheese to grate, this rotary cheese grater gives you the ability to flip from the right hand to the left hand.  Additionally, it accommodates everyone in the household, whether right or left handed.

The AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is easy to use, simply insert the food into the hopper and rotate the handle to grate or shred.  And, this rotary cheese grater is just as easy to clean.  It’s dishwasher safe and since it’s made of stainless steel, there’s no need to worry about rust or corrosion.

Once the cheese is grated and the AuPolus Stainless Rotary Cheese Grater is washed, the handle allows this grater to be hung for easy storage.  In addition, if you wish to store it in a drawer, this grater will take up very little cabinet space.

 

Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder

Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder

This pick is one of the most effortless rotary cheese shredders on the market.  The Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder features a suction base grip so you can rest one arm while rotating with the other.

In addition, the round, ergonomically-designed handle with a riveted grip will allow for comfort, as well was, a slip-free prepping session.  

This rotary cheese grater is made with high quality stainless steel and food grade, BPA-free ABS plastic.  It comes with 3 stainless steel, interchangeable drum blades for fine or course grating and slicing.

The Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder features a large hopper to grate or slice sizable portions in one, single session.  The round drum slicer sits at an angle which allows the grated or sliced pieces to empty from the hopper on their own, reducing clogging.

And, one of our favorites things about this rotary cheese grater is it’s sharp and durable.  It can shred or grate almost anything including cheese, fruits, vegetables, nuts, bread, etc.

Finally, the Benwish Round Mandoline Rotary Cheese Grater Shredder can easily be disassembled and is top-rack dishwasher safe.  Once it’s clean, it’s easy to store and takes up little cabinet space.

 

Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater

Oliver & Kline Stainless Steel Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater

The first thing that comes to mind with this cheese grater is comfort.  And, this is a solid cheese grater.  But, let’s talk about the comfort first.  The Oliver & Kline Box 4-Sided Cheese Grater has an ergonomically designed, non-slip handle that feels like heaven.  This handle allows you to grate, shred and slice cheese without putting any unnecessary strain on your hand and wrist.

And, as well as having a non-slip handle, this cheese grater has a non-slip bottom.  This will keep things stable during the seriousness of grating cheese and help protect the countertops from damage.

The Oliver & Kline Box Cheese Grater features 4 different ways to cut the cheese.  There’s a multi-directional microplane food shredder, a grater and a zester that will allow for large, medium, coarse or fine grating and slicing.

This 4-sided cheese grater comes with a plastic storage bowl and lid to easily store your food after slicing, shredding or grating.  Additionally, it comes with a plastic insert that acts like a “catch all” to collect the cheese while you’re prepping.  This will help keep things tidy.          

The Oliver & Kline Box Cheese is made of FDA approved materials including high quality stainless steel and BPA-free plastic.  And, these materials are thankfully dishwasher safe.  

Finally, feel free to slice, grate or shred just about anything with this box grater including fruit, veggies, potatoes, breads, pickles and even cold butter.

Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater

Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater

Cuisinart is known for their quality products and this boxed cheese grater is no different.  The Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater is made with quality stainless steel and is extremely durable.  And, because this grater is made with quality stainless steel, that means you can say no to rust and corrosion.

This boxed grater is extra sharp and features four sides to prep food.  There’s a side for fine shredding, a side for coarse shredding, one for fine grating and another for slicing.  And, it’s sharp enough to prepare all kinds of food like potatoes, fruits, vegetables, nuts and so on.

The Cuisinart CTG-00-BG Boxed Grater has a soft grip which is also slip-resistant.  And, this grip is extremely comfortable and will ease the pressure on the wrist and hand.  This boxed grater also comes with a non-skid base to stay put while prepping and to protect the countertops from damage.

Finally, the Cuisinart Boxed Grater is dishwasher safe.

 

Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder

Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder

Our first pick for best cheese grater in the electric grater category is great for those on a budget.  And, it’s a great pick for those who often prep salads, soups, tacos and more.

The Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder eases the stress from hand grating, shredding and slicing.  It is also a quick way to prep foods and will cut your prep time in half.

This electric shredder has 5 interchangeable, stainless steel cones for coarse grating, fine grating, thick slicing, thin slicing and grinding.  And, it comes with a plastic tray which will hold the food while you feed it through the hopper.  Once it feeds through the hopper, you just point and shoot.  This allows for easy cleanup, as it goes directly in the container or bowl you are using.

And, speaking of easy cleanup, the Eshion ES-7 Professional SaladShooter Electric Slicer Shredder is dishwasher safe.

 

Grandma Ann's Electric Grater

Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater

Our final pick for best cheese grater is a heavy-duty, electric grater.  And, this is the best you’re going to find on the market.

The Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater is perfect for those who prep large quantities of food.  In addition, it is built for prepping foods such as cassava, potatoes, coconuts, cheese, plantains, nuts and much, much more.

And, because it’s a heavy-duty, professional grater, you’re going to cut your prep time by an astounding amount of time.  The Grandma Ann’s Electric Grater will grate 5 pounds of cheese within minutes.  And, not only is it super efficient, it is user-friendly and very easy to use.

If that’s not enough, clean-up time is also a cinch.  All you do is slide the hopper off and clean with warm, soapy water.  Then, run a damp cloth over the machine, slide the hopper back on and you’re all set.  In addition, you can also run the hopper through the dishwasher.

Hashbrowns, anyone?

best garlic press

Best Garlic Press – Quality, Durability and Comfort

Are you looking for the best garlic press?  Well, you’ve come to the right place.  We love using fresh garlic and the feeling we get from mincing it ourselves.

However, we’ve been through our fair share of garlic presses and they all seemed to end the same way, failing right in the midst of pressing garlic.  And, most recently, failing while prepping for a dinner party for some of our closest friends.  There goes the garlic!  

But, this time is going to be different.  Because we’ve had it with dingy, floppy and rusted garlic press relationships.  We decided to splurge and get the real deal this time.

So, we went on the hunt for the best garlic press.  And, needless to say, through experience, we had a few demands on what qualifies for the best garlic press.

The best garlic press must be made of quality material.  Quality material will ensure food safety, durability and a garlic press that is rust and corrosion free.  Furthermore, quality will prevent warping and odd bends from happening at odd ends of the garlic press.

best garlic press

The next demand we have for the best garlic press is comfort.  Comfort will reduce the creases and redness from forming in the palms of our hands.  It will also reduce wrinkles from forming on our forehead by eliminating each excruciating squeeze.

In addition, we put comfortable kitchen utensils in the highest regard.  There’s nothing better than grabbing a utensil that offers the feeling of luxury.  On the reverse end, there’s nothing more annoying than using an uncomfortable kitchen utensil.  So, comfort is a must!

Finally, time is of the essence and as much as we like prepping and cooking, we need a garlic press that’s going to do the job quickly.  Sometimes there’s little time in between removing food from the stove while you’re chopping vegetables and…whoops…forgot to prep the garlic!  And, we need this garlic press to deliver quantity at lightening speed before we cremate the chicken.

So, after reviewing numerous garlic presses and sifting through review after review after review, we found 8 of the most touted garlic presses on the market.  Not only did these picks for best garlic press pass every one of our demands, they are the most positively reviewed garlic presses on the market.  Check them out in all their glory below.

 

Best Garlic Press

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press
The Pampered Chef
New Improved Garlic Press
Aluminum
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Built-In Cleaning Tool
6"
ADYZON Garlic Press
ADYZON
Garlic Press
Stainless Steel
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
7"
OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press
OXO
Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press
Die-Cast Zinc
Non-Slip Handle
Large Hopper
7"
Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set
Alpha Grillers
Garlic Press and Peeler Set
Stainless Steel
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
7.5"
ZYLISS Susi 3 Garlic Press "No Need to Peel"
ZYLISS
Susi 3 Garlic Press "No Need to Peel"
Aluminum
Ergonomic Handle
Large Hopper
Built-In Cleaning Tool
6.4"
MiTBA kitchenware Garlic Press
MiTBA
kitchenware Garlic Press
304 Stainless Steel
Non-Slip Handle
Large Hopper
Peeler
Brush
8.7"

 

Best Garlic Press

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press

Our first pick for best garlic press comes from the coveted company The Pampered Chef.  This company is known for quality and long lasting kitchenware.  This company is also great at creating innovative products, but knowing when the traditional way of doing things is going to make for a better cooking experience.

The Pampered Chef New Improved Garlic Press is a 6 inch press made of aluminum with a nonstick, silicone-based coating.  These materials meet or exceed all current regulations of the FDA and are food contact safe.

This garlic press has an ergonomic handle for ultimate comfort and a large hopper to hold large garlic cloves, ginger or horseradish.  When using the garlic press, it presses easily and effortlessly.  And, comfortably.

The Pampered Chef New and Improved Garlic Press comes with a cleaning tool that conveniently stores in the handle.  And, this garlic press is dishwasher safe.  

The biggest takeaway we got from the reviews is this is the best garlic press many readers have ever used.  Some reviewers claimed that they have had this garlic press for over a decade before it started rusting or warping.

Overall, the reviews look very promising.  And, from our experience with Pampered Chef products, we have no doubt that this garlic press makes life in the kitchen all that much better.

ADYZON Garlic Press

ADYZON Garlic Press

This pick for best garlic press also comes with a handy garlic peeler.  The ADYZON Garlic Press and Silicone Peeler will keep your hands free from the everlasting garlic smell.  And, the silicone peeler is to be used if you want your cloves coming out whole instead of minced.  

This garlic press is made of high quality stainless steel with a chrome plated head.  And, the handles are brushed-metal for a solid grip.  Additionally, the handles are ergonomically shaped for comfort.  And, we are loving the roundness of the handles as blunt edges are the biggest culprit of discomfort.

The ADYZON Garlic Press comes with a large reservoir garlic chamber that’s able to fit 1 large garlic clove or 2 small garlic cloves.  Furthermore, the garlic does not need to be peeled prior to being placed in the chamber.

Finally, this garlic press is easy to clean whether manually or just tossing it in the dishwasher.

The final consensus with this pick for best garlic press is it’s quality and it’s durable.  However, some users might not find this garlic press the easiest to press.  So, if you suffer from arthritis or other hand ailments, you may want to go with another pick.

 

OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press

OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press

For those that know us, it’s no surprise this OXO Garlic Press made it on our list.  And, this is because OXO makes some of the most comfortable kitchen utensils on the market.  And, not only some of the most comfortable utensils, but, brilliantly designed and durable utensils.

The OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press is a dream to hold.  The soft, non-slip handles will absorb pressure when squeezing to ease hand tension and strain.  In addition, since these handles are non-slip, they’re prefect for multitasking and jumping from one messy chore to pressing garlic.

This garlic press features a large-capacity garlic chamber so you can press multiple cloves at once.  In addition, the garlic chamber has an efficient hole pattern to maximize the amount of garlic pressed.  These holes create uniform-sized pieces of garlic while leaving the skins behind.

The OXO Good Grips Soft-Handled Garlic Press is built with sturdy, die-cast zinc.  And, zinc is a great material for a kitchen utensil as it is natural and a necessary mineral for human health.

To use this garlic press, simply place the garlic cloves inside the chamber and squeeze.  Once you’re finished, flip the handles over to push out the pulp and skin remnants.  Then, hand wash or toss in the dishwasher.

Overall, if you’re going for comfort, we highly suggest the OXO Good Grips Garlic Press.  But, not only does this garlic press offer comfort, it offers high quality materials and durability.  Squeeze on that for a while.

Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set

Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set

This garlic press is one of the most positively reviewed garlic presses on our list.  The Alpha Grillers Garlic Press and Peeler Set is touted as strong and durable over and over and over again.

This garlic press is made of solid, high quality stainless steel and comes with a peeler tube made of silicone, which is FDA approved.

The Alpha Grillers Garlic Press has an ergonomic design which makes this press easy to use and easy to squeeze.  And, because this garlic press has a large hopper, you can press a couple of small cloves at once, expediting your prepping time.  Furthermore, this press will mince the garlic while the peel stays in the chamber.

To care for the Alpha Grillers Garlic Press, just hand wash or run it through the dishwasher.

Finally, like we mentioned previously, this garlic press has a ton of favorable reviews.  People love this press.  And, the number one compliment paid was the durability.  So, if you’re looking for the best garlic press to last, perhaps, a lifetime, this is a great pick for you.

best wok

Best Wok – Cast Iron and Carbon Steel

Carbon steel and cast iron are the two most widely used materials for woks.  And both have what it takes to make a great stir fry.  However, if you’re looking for the best wok but not sure whether to go with cast iron or carbon steel, hopefully we can clear the differences up for you so you can make the best consumer choice for what you need.  

First of all, carbon steel is the most widely used material when it comes to woks.  And, carbon steel tends to be rather inexpensive compared to cast iron.  In addition, carbon steel woks are relatively lightweight, have quick heat conduction and are quite durable.

However, what the carbon steel woks lack is they are more difficult to season than woks made from cast iron.  And, seasoning is important in order to prevent food from sticking to the cooking surface.  Furthermore, although carbon steel is tough and durable, nothing really compares to the durability of cast iron.  

Cast iron is perhaps the most preferred material because it seasons better than any other material.  These woks are better at heat retention and heat distribution than the carbon steel.  And, like we mentioned before, cast iron is one of the most durable materials for cookware.

best wok

So, now that we have the material differences covered, there is another element to consider.  And, this element exists in both carbon steel and cast iron woks.  Do you go with a round bottom wok or a flat bottom wok?

A round bottom wok is the traditional style of wok that is usually only reserved for gas stoves.  The round bottom wok uses less oil than a traditional style wok and it’s much easier to stir fry.  And, when using a round bottom wok, it is recommended you use a wok ring which you can find here.  A wok ring helps distribute the heat more evenly and throughly.  

A flat bottom wok can be used on all types of stovetops from gas to electric to induction, and most can be used in the oven.  This is the most preferred style of wok in the West because it works with our appliances.  However, it is more difficult with the flat bottom wok to whip the stir fry around like the professionals do.

But, it’s important to note that a lot of people seem to have success using a round bottom wok on an electric stovetop when using a wok ring.  This is something to consider if you want have traditional fun with the stir fry.  

 

So, when choosing between a round and flat bottom wok, it’s part personal preference in regards to what material you go with and a whole lot of what type of stovetop you have been dealt with.

Here at FHL, we went with the traditional-style, flat bottom cast iron wok.  We wanted the best material that will, perhaps, last a lifetime.  And, because we have an induction stove, we went with the flat bottom style of wok.

But, whatever type and style of wok you decide to go with, our picks for best wok, whether carbon steel or cast iron and round or flat bottom, blow the competition away.   

 

Best Wok

 FeaturesSpecsPrice
M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok
M.V. Trading
Carbon Steel Wok
14 Gauge Carbon Steel
Flat Bottom
Wooden Handles
Size Options
12"
14"
16"
Iwachu Cast Iron Wok
Iwachu
Cast Iron Wok
Cast Iron
Round Bottom
Cast Iron Handles
11.2"
Mauviel Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok
Mauviel
Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok
Black Steel
Flat Bottom
Riveted Handle
11.8"
AUS-ION Wok
AUS-ION
Wok
Carbon Steel
Flat Botton
Ergonomic Handles
Pre-Seasoned
12"
Staub Wok
Staub
Wok
Enameled Cast Iron
Flat Bottom
Tempura Grill
Glass Lid
Cast Iron Handles
14.57"
Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok
Wok Shop
Carbon Steel Wok
Cast Iron
Round Bottom
Wooden Handles
14"
Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok
Le Creuset Of America
Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok
Flat Bottom
Enameled Cast Iron
Concave Interior
Glass Lid
Cast Iron Handles
12"
Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok
Lodge
P14W3 Cast Iron Wok
Cast Iron
Flat Bottom
Cast Iron Handles
14"

 

Best Wok

M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok

M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok

Our first pick for best wok in the carbon steel category is a flat bottom style wok and comes in your choice of a 12 inch or 16 inch.  The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok can feed up to 5 people with the 12 inch size or over 12 people with the 16 inch size.  If you’re looking for a carbon steel wok in an in-between size to feed roughly 6-12 people, you can find the M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok in a 14 inch here.

This wok is made with heavy 14-gauge, 2mm carbon steel, which means this wok is solid and durable.  In addition, because it is made of carbon steal, the cooking time will be rapid with even heating and cooling.  However, please note that carbon steel has less heat retention than cast iron, so the heat will escape rather quickly after cooking.

The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok features a flat bottom which works well for both electric or gas stoves and grills.  It comes with wooden side spool handles for easy handling while stir-frying and to help keep hands safe from extreme temperatures.

With this wok, initially you will need to season the wok and you can find out how to do that here.  The M.V. Trading Carbon Steel Wok is to be hand washed only and towel dry immediately after use.

Iwachu Cast Iron Wok

Iwachu Cast Iron Wok

This pick for best wok in the cast iron category may be, perhaps, the most traditionally-crafted woks you will find.  Iwachu is a Japanese company that has been around for over 100 years and has a strong reputation as being one of the leading manufacturers for authentic Japanese cookware.

The Iwachu Cast Iron Wok is a round bottom style wok, which means this works best on a gas stove.  If you wish to use it on an electric or induction stove, it’s best advised to use a wok ring which you can find here.  However, like we mentioned earlier, this method is not ideal and the results won’t give you the best stir fry or sauté. 

Additionally, if you are using a flat gas stove, you will want to invest in a wok ring to ensure more even cooking.

This cast iron wok is approximately 11 inches which will feed up to five people comfortably.  And, because it’s made of cast iron, it will retain heat well.  So, when you’re ready to dish up, take your time.  The stir fry will keep nice and warm till everyone gets a scoop.

The Iwachu Cast Iron Wok has cast iron handles which makes it easy to maneuver while cooking.  However, be sure to wear some protective gloves or mitts because stir frying can get hot.

Finally, to care for the Iwachu Cast Iron Wok and make it last a lifetime, be sure to hand wash only.  You will also want to season this wok periodically.

Mauviel Made In France M'Steel Black Steel Wok

Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok

This black steel wok, otherwise known as carbon steel, is a high quality, flat bottom wok made in France.  The Mauviel M’Steel Black Steel Wok is made of extra thick black steel to withstand extreme high temperatures which allows for longer preheating.  So, in addition to stir fry, this wok is excellent for searing and sautéing.

The Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok is 11.8 inches, making it the perfect size to feed up to 5 people comfortable.  

This flat bottom wok is ideal for all cooking surfaces.  This includes gas, electric, induction, oven, halogen stovetops and even the barbecue.  And, it has a long, riveted handle, which makes for a secure grip and keeps your hand far from the heat source.  In addition, this wok has a smaller side handle to help with maneuvering and increasing your stir fry skills.

The Mauviel Made In France M’Steel Black Steel Wok is 11.8 inches, making it the perfect size to feed up to 5 people comfortably.

Lastly, this wok is naturally non-stick as long as you follow the manufacturers recommendations for seasoning.  And, it is to be hand washed only.

AUS-ION Wok

AUS-ION Wok

This is another quality pick for best wok in the carbon steel category.  Made of 2mm Australian Iron, this flat bottom wok will ensure even heating, with just about any heat source, without warping.

The AUS-ION Wok is a seamless, one-piece, carbon steel, rivet free wok.  And because it is one-piece, there will be no gaps to clean and the handles will stay secure throughout the duration of your cooking experiences.

And, the handles are extremely comfortable.  They are ergonomically shaped with a wide design to fit every size of hand which will ensure better manageability.  This will also help to decrease the pressure to your hands and wrist.  In addition, the handles include venting which helps to keep the handle at cooler temperatures for easy maneuvering.      

This carbon steel wok is 12 inches, which makes it the perfect size for a family of 2 or even a family of 5.  It has a total length of 17.75 inches and is 3 inches deep.

The AUS-ION Wok is naturally pre-seasoned to be non-stick, so it’s immediately ready to go upon delivery.  To clean this wok, use a wooden utensil or steel wool to lightly remove debris under hot water.  It is advised not to use soap and to dry thoroughly after use.  After the first few uses, additional seasoning is recommended.

Staub Wok

Staub Wok

This flat bottom cast iron wok is multifunctional.  Not only can you use it on all stovetops, you can also use it in the oven.  And, it can handle temperatures as high as 500 degrees Fahrenheit.

The Staub Wok is an enameled cast iron wok with rough texture for searing and browning.  It comes with a tempura grill and glass lid which makes this wok useful for just about everything, not just stir frying.  You can bake, baste, cook, grill, sauté, steam…you name it.

This enameled cast iron wok comes with cast iron handles and a nickel steel knob.  And, it has self-basting spikes on the lid to keep the food moist and return much desired juices back onto the food for the ultimate flavor.

The Staub Wok is roughly 15 inches and will feed up to 12 people.  Additionally, because this wok features high sides, you may be able to squeeze a couple more guests into the mix.

Finally, this wok is dishwasher safe and requires no seasoning.  And, because it’s cast iron, it is made to last a lifetime.

Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok

Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok

The reason why we like this pick for best wok is because it’s good quality at a more than reasonable price.

The Wok Shop Carbon Steel Wok is a round bottom wok which works best for a gas stove with a wok ring.  Round bottom woks are the more traditional style of wok and tend to be the preferred way to stir fry by the experts.  However, it’s best to use a wok ring when using a round bottom wok and you can find that here.

The Wok Shop Wok is a heavy, 14 gauge carbon steel wok with natural wooden handles to allow for more maneuverability while protecting your hands.

This wok is 14 inches which is ideal for 6-12 people.  Additionally, it can work for a smaller size crowd.

To care for this wok, you must season it first and you can find out how to do that here.  For longevity, hand wash with warm, soapy water and towel dry.

Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok

Le Creuset Of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok

This flat bottom wok is one of the more high end woks on our list.  And, the great thing about this wok is Le Creuset of America has matching cookware from saucepans to dutch ovens to griddles.  So, if you’re looking to start a collection, this is a great pick for you.

The Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok will work with all stovetop heat sources from gas stoves, ceramic stoves, electric stoves and induction stoves.  In addition, this wok will even work in the oven.

The Le Creuset of America Enameled Cast Iron Signature Wok has a seamless, concave cooking interior to mimic the cooking style of a round bottom wok.  And, the round bottom wok is the style used by professionals.  So, if you’re stuck with an electric stove but want more of an authentic cooking experience, this is the best wok for you.  

This wok has wide loop handles that will allow you to shake, stir and serve.  These handles are comfortable and will fit any hand size.  In addition, it comes with a tight fitting lid to trap in moisture and heat.

Lastly, this is a 12 inch wok which will cook portions for 1 to 5 people.  It is hand wash only.

Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok

Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok

Our final pick for best wok in the cast iron category is both quality and budget-friendly.  The Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok is a 14 inch wok designed to feed 6-12 people.

This wok has a sturdy, flat bottom base that will work on any stovetop and in the oven.  It also features two loop handles for a safe and secure grip to increase mobility.

The Lodge P14W3 Cast Iron Wok is already pre-seasoned with oil so this is ready to use once it arrives.  This wok is to be hand washed only and towel dried immediately.  And, after every wash, it is recommended to season it with a light coat of vegetable oil.

Finally, this pick for best wok comes from a company that has been around since 1896.  It is also proudly made in the USA.